Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
 
     
(Mark One)    
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended January 2, 2009
OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to          
 
Commission file number 000-50646
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Delaware
  61-1430858
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (IRS Employer
Identification No.)
     
26462 Corporate Avenue
Hayward, California
(Address of principal executive offices)
  94545
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(510) 576-4400
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
 
Common Stock, $0.001 par value
  The NASDAQ Global Market LLC
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer  o Accelerated filer  þ Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes  o      No  þ
 
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing sale price of the Registrant’s common stock on June 27, 2008, as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market, was approximately $167.8 million. Shares of common stock held by each executive officer and director and by each person who may be deemed to be an affiliate of the Registrant have been excluded from this computation. The determination of affiliate status for this purpose is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
 
Number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of February 27, 2009: 21,287,700
 


 

 
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 2009 annual meeting of stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.
 
             
        Page
           
    PART I        
  Business     3  
  Risk Factors     9  
  Unresolved Staff Comments     20  
  Properties     20  
  Legal Proceedings     21  
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     21  
           
    PART II        
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     22  
  Selected Consolidated Financial Data     23  
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     23  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     33  
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     33  
  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     58  
  Controls and Procedures     58  
  Other Information     62  
           
    PART III        
  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant     62  
  Executive Compensation     62  
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     62  
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions     63  
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services     63  
           
    PART IV        
  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules     63  
  EX-10.6
  EX-10.16
  EX-10.19
  EX-10.20
  EX-10.21
  EX-21.1
  EX-23.1
  EX-31.1
  EX-31.2
  EX-32.1
  EX-32.2


2


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements regarding future events and our future results. These statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts, and projections about the industries in which we operate and the beliefs and assumptions of our management. Words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “targets,” “goals,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “continues,” “may,” variations of such words, and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following: projections of our financial performance, our anticipated growth and trends in our business, levels of capital expenditures, the adequacy of our capital resources to fund operations and growth, our ability to compete effectively with our competitors, our strategies and ability to protect our intellectual property, future acquisitions, customer demand, our manufacturing and procurement process, employee matters, supplier relations, foreign operations (including our operations in China), the legal and regulatory backdrop (including environmental regulation), our exposure to market risks and other characterizations of future events or circumstances described in this Annual Report. Readers are cautioned that these forward-looking statements are only predictions and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict, including those identified below, under “Risk Factors,” and elsewhere herein. Therefore, actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements for any reason.
 
Item 1.    Business
 
Overview
 
We are a leading developer and supplier of critical subsystems, primarily for the semiconductor capital equipment industry. We also leverage the specialized skill sets required to support semiconductor capital equipment to serve the technologically similar markets in the flat panel, solar and medical device industries, collectively referred to as “Other Addressed Industries”. We develop, design, prototype, engineer, manufacture and test subsystems which are highly specialized and tailored to specific steps in the semiconductor manufacturing process as well as the manufacturing process in Other Addressed Industries. Our revenue is derived from the sale of gas delivery systems and other critical subsystems including chemical mechanical planarization (CMP) subsystems, chemical delivery modules, top-plate assemblies, frame assemblies, process modules and other high level assemblies.
 
Our customers are primarily original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) in the industries we support. We provide our customers complete subsystem solutions that combine our expertise in design, test, component characterization and highly flexible manufacturing operations with quality control and financial stability. This combination helps us to drive down total manufacturing costs, reduce design-to-delivery cycle times and maintain high quality standards for our customers. We believe these characteristics, as well as our standing as a leading supplier of gas delivery systems and other critical subsystems, place us in a strong position to benefit from the growing demand for subsystem outsourcing.
 
We had sales of $266.9 million, $403.8 million and $337.2 million for the 2008, 2007 and 2006 fiscal years, respectively. Our four largest customers in 2008 were Applied Materials, Inc., Intuitive Surgical, Inc., Lam Research Corporation and Novellus Systems, Inc. To date, we have shipped substantially all of our products to customers in the United States. We conduct our operating activities primarily through our four wholly owned subsidiaries, Ultra Clean Technology Systems and Service, Inc., UCT-Sieger Engineering LLC, Ultra Clean Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd and Ultra Clean Micro-Electronics Equipment (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. Our international sales represented 1.8%, 2.2% and 4.9% of sales for the years ended January 2, 2009, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.
 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. was founded in November 2002 for the purpose of acquiring Ultra Clean Technology Systems and Service Inc. Ultra Clean Technology Systems and Service, Inc. was founded in 1991 by Mitsubishi Corporation and was operated as a subsidiary of Mitsubishi until November 2002, when it was acquired by Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. became a publicly traded company in March 2004. In June 2006, we completed the acquisition of Sieger Engineering, Inc. Our subsidiary, UCT-Sieger, is a supplier of CMP modules and other critical subsystems to the semiconductor, solar, flat panel and medical device industries. We believe that the acquisition enhanced our strategic position as a subsystem supplier. Ultra Clean Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd and Ultra Clean Micro-Electronics Equipment (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. were


3


Table of Contents

established in 2005 and 2007, respectively, to facilitate our operations in China. Ultra Clean Asia Pacific, Pte, Ltd., was established in fiscal 2008 to facilitate our operations in Singapore.
 
Our Solution
 
We are a leading developer and supplier of critical subsystems for the semiconductor capital equipment industry and Other Addressed Markets. Our products enable our OEM customers to realize lower manufacturing costs and reduced design-to-delivery cycle times while maintaining quality standards. We offer our customers:
 
An integrated outsourced solution for gas delivery systems and other critical subsystems.   We provide our OEM customers a complete outsourced solution for the development, design, prototyping, engineering, manufacturing and testing of advanced gas delivery systems and other critical subsystems. We combine highly specialized engineering and manufacturing capabilities to produce high performance products that are customized to meet the needs of our customers, as well as their respective end users. We manage supply chain logistics in an effort to reduce the overall number of suppliers and inventory levels that our customers would otherwise be required to manage. We also believe we are often in a position to negotiate reduced component prices due to our large volume orders.
 
Improved design-to-delivery cycle times.   Our strong relationships with our customers and intimate familiarity with their products and requirements help us reduce design-to-delivery cycle times for gas delivery systems or other critical subsystems. We have optimized our supply chain management, design and manufacturing coordination and controls to respond rapidly to order requests, enabling us to decrease design-to-delivery cycle times for our customers.
 
Component neutral design and manufacturing.   We do not manufacture any of the components within our gas delivery systems and other critical subsystems ourselves. Our component neutral position enables us to recommend components on the basis of technology, performance and cost and to optimize our customers’ overall designs based on these criteria. Furthermore, our neutral approach allows us to maintain close relationships with a wide range of component suppliers.
 
Component testing capabilities.   We utilize our engineering expertise to test and characterize key components and subsystems. We have made significant investments in advanced analytical and automated test equipment to test and qualify key components. We can perform diagnostic tests, design verification and failure analysis for customers and suppliers. Our analytical and testing capabilities enable us to evaluate multiple supplier component technologies and provide customers with a wide range of appropriate component and design choices for their subsystems.
 
Increased integration with OEMs through local presence.   Our local presence in close proximity to the facilities of most of our OEM customers enables us to remain closely integrated with their design, development and implementation teams. This level of integration enables us to respond quickly and efficiently to customer changes and requests.
 
Precision machining capabilities.   We manufacture high quality, precision machined parts using state of the art equipment capable of efficiently providing complex parts with exacting tolerance. Our diverse precision fabrication equipment enables us to manufacture a broad range of machined parts using a broad range of materials, from exotic metals to basic plastics. Our manufacturing capabilities include horizontal and vertical milling, turning and welding.
 
Our Strategy
 
Our objective is to maintain our position as a leading developer and supplier of gas delivery systems and become a leading developer and supplier of other critical subsystems, primarily for the semiconductor capital equipment, flat panel, solar and medical device industries. Our strategy is comprised of the following key elements:
 
Continue to expand our market share with Semiconductor Capital Equipment OEMs.   We believe that the increase in outsourcing among OEMs creates a significant market opportunity for us to grow our business with existing and new customers. While gas delivery systems are already largely outsourced, we believe our customers


4


Table of Contents

will continue to outsource other critical subsystems at a rapid pace and that we are well positioned to capture a significant portion of these new outsourcing opportunities. We believe that our continued focus on efficient manufacturing, reduced design-to-delivery cycle times and quality and reliability will also allow us to gain market share.
 
Continue to expand our market share in Other Addressed Markets:   We believe we can leverage the attributes and skill sets which allow us to succeed in the Semiconductor Capital Equipment industry to increase our market share in technologically similar markets including flat panel, solar and medical device.
 
Leverage our expanding geographic presence in lower cost manufacturing regions.   In March 2005, we completed construction of a manufacturing facility in Shanghai, China, allowing us to expand production in a low cost region. In November 2007, we completed construction of a second manufacturing facility in Shanghai, China to house our precision machined parts and subsystem assembly operations. These facilities put us in close proximity to the manufacturing facilities of potential customers and their end users. In October 2008 we opened a procurement and integration office in Singapore.
 
Drive profitable growth with our flexible cost structure.   We implement cost containment and capacity enhancement initiatives throughout the semiconductor capital equipment demand cycle and benefit greatly from our supply chain efficiencies. In addition, we believe our Shanghai and Singapore facilities position us to respond effectively to future business demands.
 
Continue to selectively pursue strategic acquisitions.   On June 29, 2006, with the Sieger acquisition, we:
 
  •  Increased our presence in the subsystem market, adding CMP to our addressable market;
 
  •  Expanded existing key customer relationships and added strategic new customers;
 
  •  Increased our size and scope;
 
  •  Increased the operating leverage derived from our existing presence in China; and,
 
  •  Increased our earnings per share.
 
We may choose to further accelerate the growth of our business by selectively pursuing additional strategic acquisitions. We will continue to consider acquisitions that will enable us to expand our geographic presence, secure new customers and diversify into complementary products and markets as well as broaden our technological capabilities in semiconductor capital equipment manufacturing.
 
Products
 
We develop, design, prototype, engineer, manufacture and test subsystems, primarily for the semiconductor capital equipment industry, flat panel, solar and medical device industries. A majority of our products consist of gas delivery systems that enable the precise delivery of numerous specialty gases used in a majority of the key steps in the semiconductor manufacturing process, including deposition, etch, cleaning and annealing. Our gas delivery systems control the flow, pressure, sequencing and mixing of specialty gases into and out of the reaction chambers of semiconductor manufacturing tools. Our products also include other critical subsystems, including chemical mechanical planarization modules, chemical delivery modules, top-plate assemblies, frame assemblies and process modules.
 
Gas delivery systems:   A typical gas delivery system consists of one or more gas lines, comprised of several filters, mass flow controllers, regulators, pressure transducers and valves, associated interconnect tubing and an integrated electronic and/or pneumatic control system. These systems are mounted on a pallet and are typically enclosed in a sheet metal encasing. Our gas delivery system designs are developed in collaboration with our customers and are customized to meet the needs of specific OEMs. We do not sell standard systems. Our customers either specify the particular brands of components they want incorporated into a particular system or rely on our design expertise and component characterization capabilities to help them select the appropriate components for their particular system.


5


Table of Contents

Chemical mechanical planarization (CMP) electro-mechanical subsystems:   CMP is a process used to polish off high spots on wafers or films deposited on wafers. CMP equipment represents the front end “polishing” step in semiconductor manufacturing. We produce over 40 different CMP subsystem modules for one of our largest customers.
 
Chemical delivery modules:   Chemical delivery modules deliver gases and reactive chemicals from a centralized subsystem to the reaction chamber and may include gas delivery systems, as well as liquid and vapor delivery systems.
 
Top-plate assemblies:   Top-plate assemblies form the top portion of the reaction chamber within which gases controlled by our gas delivery systems react to form thin films or etch films on the wafer.
 
Frame assemblies:   Frame assemblies are steel tubing that form the support structure to which all other assemblies are attached and include pneumatic harnesses and cables that connect other critical subsystems together.
 
Process modules:   Process modules refer to the larger subsystems of semiconductor manufacturing tools that process integrated circuits onto wafers. Process modules include several smaller subsystems such as the frame assembly, top-plate assembly and gas and chemical delivery modules, as well as the chamber and electronic, pneumatic and mechanical subsystems.
 
Other high level assemblies:   Other high level assemblies refer to large subsystems used in semiconductor manufacturing, solar, flat panel and medical device industries.
 
Customers
 
We sell our products to semiconductor capital equipment, solar, flat panel and medical device industry OEMs. The majority of our revenue is in the semiconductor capital equipment industry, which is highly concentrated, and we are therefore highly dependent upon a small number of customers. Our four largest customers in 2008 were Applied Materials, Inc., Intuitive Surgical, Inc., Lam Research Corporation and Novellus Systems, Inc., three of which accounted for more than 10% of our total sales in 2008. As a group these four customers accounted for 88% of the Company’s sales for each of the fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006. The level of our customer concentration has slightly declined in recent years due to our growth into adjacent markets, a trend which we expect to continue as we reinforce and expand our relationship with new, potentially significant customers.
 
We have successfully qualified as a supplier with each of our customers. This lengthy qualification process involves the inspection and audit of our facilities and evaluation by our customers of our engineering, documentation, manufacturing and quality control processes and procedures before that customer places orders for our products. Our customers generally place orders with suppliers who have met and continue to meet their qualification criteria.
 
Sales and Support
 
We sell our products through our direct sales force which, as of January 2, 2009, consisted of a total of 34 sales directors, account managers and sales support staff. Our sales directors are responsible for establishing sales strategy and setting the objectives for specific customer accounts. Each account manager is dedicated to a specific customer account and is responsible for the day-to-day management of that customer. Account managers work closely with customers and in many cases provide on-site support. Account managers often attend customers’ internal meetings related to production and engineering design and quality to ensure that customer expectations are interpreted and communicated properly to our operations group. Account managers also work with our customers to identify and meet their cost and design-to-delivery cycle time objectives.
 
We have dedicated account managers responsible for new business development for gas delivery systems and other critical subsystems. Our new business development account managers initiate and develop long-term, multilevel relationships with customers and work closely with customers on new business opportunities throughout the design-to-delivery cycle. Our sales force includes technical sales support for order placement, spare parts quotes and production status updates. We have a technical sales representative located at each of our manufacturing facilities. In addition, we have developed a service and support infrastructure to provide our customers with service


6


Table of Contents

and support 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Our dedicated field service engineers provide customer support through the performance of on-site installation, servicing and repair of our subsystems.
 
Technology Development
 
We engage in ongoing technology development efforts in order to remain a technology leader for gas delivery systems and to further develop our expertise in other critical subsystems. In addition, our design engineering and new product engineering groups support our technology development activities. Our technology development group works closely with our customers to identify and anticipate changes and trends in next-generation semiconductor manufacturing equipment. Our technology development group participates in customer technology partnership programs that focus on process application requirements for gas delivery systems and other critical subsystems. These development efforts are designed to meet specific customer requirements in the areas of subsystem design, materials, component selection and functionality. Our technology development group also works directly with our suppliers to help them identify new component technologies and make necessary changes in, and enhancements to, the components that we integrate into our products. Our analytical and testing capabilities enable us to evaluate multiple supplier component technologies and provide customers with a wide range of appropriate component and design choices for their gas delivery systems and other critical subsystems. Our analytical and testing capabilities also help us anticipate technological changes and the requirements in component features for next-generation gas delivery systems and other critical subsystems. We are also developing additional features to improve the performance and functionality of our gas delivery systems and other critical subsystems. Our technology development and new product engineering expenses were approximately $2.9 million, $3.0 million and $3.1 million for the 2008, 2007 and 2006 fiscal years, respectively. We perform our technology development activities principally at our facilities in Hayward, California.
 
Intellectual Property
 
Our success depends in part on our ability to maintain and protect our proprietary technology and to conduct our business without infringing the proprietary rights of others. Our business is largely dependent upon our design, engineering, manufacturing and testing know-how. We also rely on a combination of trade secrets and confidentiality provisions, and to a much lesser extent, patents, copyrights and trademarks, to protect our proprietary rights. As of January 2, 2009, we had six issued United States patents, all of which expire in 2018, and we had six United States patent applications pending. None of our issued patents are material to our business. Intellectual property that we develop on behalf of our customers is generally owned exclusively by those customers.
 
We routinely require our employees, suppliers and potential business partners to enter into confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements before we disclose to them any sensitive or proprietary information regarding our products, technology or business plans. We require employees to assign to us proprietary information, inventions and other intellectual property they create, modify or improve.
 
Competition
 
Our industry is highly fragmented. When we compete for new business, we face competition from other suppliers of gas delivery systems and other critical subsystems as well as the internal manufacturing groups of OEMs. In addition, OEMs that have elected to outsource their gas delivery systems and other critical subsystems could elect in the future to develop and manufacture these subsystems internally, leading to further competition. Our principal competitors for our gas delivery systems are Celerity Group, Inc., AIT (formerly known as Integrated Flow Systems, LLC), and Wolfe Engineering, Inc., and our principal competitors for other critical subsystems are Flextronics International Ltd., Fox Semicon Integrated Tech Inc., Sanmina-SCI Corporation and Benchmark Electronic. Some of these competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, manufacturing and marketing resources than we do. We expect our competitors to continue to improve the performance of their current products and to introduce new products or new technologies that could adversely affect sales of our current and future products. In addition, the limited number of potential customers in our industry further intensifies competition. The primary competitive factors in our industry are price, technology, quality, design-to-delivery cycle time, reliability in meeting product demand, service and historical customer relationships. We anticipate that increased competitive


7


Table of Contents

pressures will cause intensified price-based competition and we may have to reduce the prices of our products. In addition, we expect to face new competitors as we enter new markets.
 
Employees
 
As of January 2, 2009, we had 819 employees, of which 15 were temporary. Of our total employees, there were 59 in engineering, 9 in technology development, 36 in sales and support, 488 in direct manufacturing, 156 in indirect manufacturing and 71 in executive and administrative functions. These figures include 263 employees in Shanghai, China and 2 employees in Singapore. None of our employees is represented by a labor union and we have not experienced any work stoppages.
 
Governmental Regulation and Environmental Matters
 
Our operations are subject to federal, state and local regulatory requirements and foreign laws relating to environmental, waste management and health and safety matters, including measures relating to the release, use, storage, treatment, transportation, discharge, disposal and remediation of contaminants, hazardous substances and wastes, as well as practices and procedures applicable to the construction and operation of our facilities. Our past or future operations may result in exposure to injury or claims of injury by employees or the public which may result in material costs and liabilities to us. Although some risk of costs and liabilities related to these matters is inherent in our business, we believe that our business is operated in substantial compliance with applicable regulations. However, new, modified or more stringent requirements or enforcement policies could be adopted, which could adversely affect us.
 
Available Information
 
We file with the SEC annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also request copies of all or any portion of such material from the SEC at prescribed rates. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference room. In addition, materials filed electronically with the SEC are available at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
 
In addition, we make available free of charge, on or through our website at http://www.uct.com, our annual, quarterly and current reports and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing such reports with, or furnishing them to, the SEC. This website address is intended to be an inactive textual reference only; none of the information contained on our website is part of this report or is incorporated by reference herein.
 
Executive Officers
 
Set forth below is information concerning our executive officers as of February 27, 2009:
 
             
Name
  Age     Position
 
Clarence L. Granger
    60     Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
David Savage
    47     President and Chief Operating Officer
Jack Sexton
    45     Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Bruce Wier
    60     Senior Vice President of Engineering
Deborah Hayward
    47     Senior Vice President of Sales
 
Clarence L. Granger has served as our Chairman & Chief Executive Officer since October 2006, as our Chief Executive Officer since November 2002, as Chief Operating Officer from March 1999 to November 2002 and as a member of our board of directors since May 2002. Mr. Granger served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from January 1998 to March 1999 and as our Executive Vice President of Operations from April 1996 to January 1998. Prior to joining Ultra Clean in April 1996, he served as Vice President of Media Operations for Seagate Technology from 1994 to 1996. Prior to that, Mr. Granger worked for HMT Technology as Chief


8


Table of Contents

Executive Officer from 1993 to 1994, as Chief Operating Officer from 1991 to 1993 and as President from 1989 to 1994. Prior to that, Mr. Granger worked for Xidex as Vice President and General Manager, Thin Film Disk Division, from 1988 to 1989, as Vice President, Santa Clara Oxide Disk Operations, from 1987 to 1988, as Vice President, U.S. Tape Operations, from 1986 to 1987 and as Director of Engineering from 1983 to 1986. Mr. Granger holds a master of science degree in industrial engineering from Stanford University and a bachelor of science degree in industrial engineering from the University of California at Berkeley.
 
David Savage has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since January 2008. Before joining Ultra Clean, Mr. Savage was Chief Executive Officer of Litel Instruments, Inc., a semiconductor optical metrology business from March 2007 to July 2007. Prior to Litel, Mr. Savage was the President, Electronics Division of Meggitt USA, Inc. where he led a division focusing on high performance sensors from September 2002 to March 2007. Prior to Meggitt, Mr. Savage founded and served as Chief Executive Officer of DigMedia, a media delivery business focused on broadband service providers from October 1998 to August 2002. Mr. Savage holds a bachelor degree in metallurgical engineering from Sheffield Hallam University in Sheffield, England. He holds several patents in nuclear and semiconductor packaging materials.
 
Jack Sexton has served as our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since May 2005. Before joining Ultra Clean, Mr. Sexton was Corporate Controller of Credence Systems Corporation, a manufacturer of test equipment and diagnostics and failure analysis products used for testing semiconductor integrated circuits. He was Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of NPTest from May 2002 until its sale to Credence in May 2004. Prior to NPTest, Mr. Sexton was Worldwide Controller for Schlumberger Resource Management Services, now Actaris Metering Systems. Mr. Sexton joined Schlumberger in 1990, prior to which he was a plant operations controller for Texas Instruments. Mr. Sexton holds two Bachelor of Science degrees, in finance and accounting from the Carroll School of Management at Boston College, where he graduated magna cum laude. He is also a Certified Public Accountant.
 
Bruce Wier has served as our Senior Vice President of Engineering since January 2007 and Vice President of Engineering since February 2000. Mr. Wier served as our Director of Design Engineering from July 1997 to February 2000. Prior to joining Ultra Clean in July 1997, Mr. Wier was the Engineering Manager for the Oxide Etch Business Unit at Lam Research from April 1993 to June 1997. Prior to that, Mr. Wier was the Senior Project Engineering Manager at Genus from May 1990 to April 1993, the Mechanical Engineering Manager at Varian Associates from November 1985 to May 1990, and the Principal Engineer/Project Manager at Eaton Corporation from February 1981 to November 1985. Mr. Wier is also on the board of directors of, and is the Chief Financial Officer for, Acorn Travel, a travel company formed by his wife in 1999. Mr. Wier holds a bachelor of science degree cum laude in mechanical engineering from Syracuse University.
 
Deborah Hayward has served as our Senior Vice President of Sales since January 2007 and Vice President of Sales since October 2002. Ms. Hayward served as our Senior Sales Director from May 2001 to October 2002, as Sales Director from February 1998 to May 2001 and as a major account manager from October 1995 to February 1998. Prior to joining Ultra Clean in 1995, she was a customer service manager and account manager at Brooks Instruments from 1985 to 1995.
 
Item 1A.    Risk Factors
 
We are exposed to risks associated with the ongoing financial crisis and weakening global economy.
 
The recent weakening global economy, severe tightening of the credit markets and turmoil in the financial markets are contributing to slowdowns in the industries in which we operate. Such slowdowns are expected to worsen if these economic conditions are prolonged or deteriorate further. Reduced growth and uncertainty regarding future growth in economies throughout the world have caused companies to reduce capital investment and may in the future cause further reduction of such investments. These reductions have often been particularly severe in the semiconductor capital equipment industry. Economic uncertainty has led to historically low consumer confidence levels and has caused and may in the future cause our customers to push out, cancel, or refrain from placing orders with us, which in turn would further reduce our sales and negatively impact our cash flow. Our sales were $266.9 million in fiscal year 2008 compared to $403.8 million for fiscal year 2007, and we expect sequential revenues to be lower in the first quarter of 2009, and we can not predict when our business will improve. We incurred a net loss of $52.4 million, which included a charge for impairment of goodwill and other long-lived assets


9


Table of Contents

of $55.1 million, for the year ended January 2, 2009, and we expect to incur additional losses in the future. While there can be no assurance as to when the current economic slowdown will end, a period of recovery may nonetheless result in significant fluctuations in customer orders. In the recent period of declining demand, there is a greater risk that we acquire inventory in excess of levels demanded by our customers, which could cause us to incur excess or obsolete inventory charges. Also, as a result of the weakening global economy, certain of our suppliers may be forced out of business, which would require us to either procure products from high-cost suppliers, or if no additional suppliers exist, reconfigure the design and manufacture of our products, and we may be unable to fulfill some customer orders. Furthermore, the tightening of credit in financial markets may delay or prevent our customers from securing funding adequate to operate their businesses and purchase our products.
 
Furthermore, the equity and credit markets have been experiencing extreme volatility and disruption at unprecedented levels. In many cases, the markets have limited capacity for issuers, and lenders have requested shorter terms. The market for new equity and debt financing is extremely limited and in some cases not available at all. In addition, the markets have increased the uncertainty that lenders will be able to comply with their previous commitments. If current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, we may not be able to draw upon our revolving credit facility, incur additional debt or raise new equity in the event we need to do so.
 
These conditions and uncertainty about future economic conditions make it challenging for us to forecast our operating results, make business decisions, and identify the risks that may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We expect business conditions to remain difficult, and we have implemented cost reduction programs aimed at aligning our ongoing operating costs with our currently expected revenues over the near term. These cost management initiatives include reductions to headcount and reduced spending. If we are not able to timely and appropriately adapt to changes resulting from the difficult macroeconomic environment, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
The highly volatile nature of the industries we serve could harm our operating results.
 
Our business and operating results depend in significant part upon capital expenditures by manufacturers of semiconductors, flat panel displays, solar and medical devices, which in turn depend upon the current and anticipated market demand for such products. Historically, the industries we serve (in particular the semiconductor industry), have been highly cyclical, with recurring periods of over-supply of products that have had a severe negative effect on the demand for capital equipment used to manufacture such products. We have experienced and anticipate that we will continue to experience significant fluctuations in customer orders for our products through such cycles. Slowdowns in the industries we serve have had, and future slowdowns may also have, a material adverse effect on our operating results. During periods of decreasing demand for our products, we must be able to appropriately align our cost structure with prevailing market conditions, effectively manage our supply chain and motivate and retain employees. During periods of increasing demand, we must increase manufacturing capacity and inventory to meet customer demands, effectively manage our supply chain and attract, retain and motivate a sufficient number of qualified employees. If we are not able to timely and appropriately adapt to the changes in our business environment, our results of operations will be harmed. Also, the cyclical and volatile nature of the industries we serve make future revenues, results of operations and net cash flows difficult to estimate.
 
We rely on a small number of customers for a significant portion of our sales, and any impairment of our relationships with these customers would adversely affect our business.
 
A relatively small number of OEM customers have historically accounted for a significant portion of our sales, and we expect this trend to continue. Collectively, Applied Materials, Inc., Intuitive Surgical, Inc., Lam Research Corporation and Novellus Systems, Inc., have accounted for 88% of our sales in each of our fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Because of the small number of OEMs in the markets we serve, most of which are already our customers, it would be difficult to replace lost revenue resulting from the loss of, or the reduction, cancellation or delay in purchase orders by any one of these customers. Our customer contracts generally do not require them to place any orders with us. Consolidation among our customers, or a decision by any one or more of our customers to outsource all or most manufacturing and assembly work to a single equipment manufacturer may further concentrate our business in a limited number of customers, and expose us to increased risks relating to dependence on an even smaller number of customers.


10


Table of Contents

In addition, by virtue of our customers’ size and the significant portion of revenue that we derive from them, they are able to exert significant influence and pricing pressure in the negotiation of our commercial agreements and the conduct of our business with them. We may also be asked to accommodate customer requests that extend beyond the express terms of our agreements in order to maintain our relationships with our customers. If we are unable to retain and expand our business with these customers on favorable terms, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.
 
We have had to qualify, and are required to maintain our status, as a supplier for each of our customers. This is a lengthy process that involves the inspection and approval by a customer of our engineering, documentation, manufacturing and quality control procedures before that customer will place volume orders. Our ability to lessen the adverse effect of any loss of, or reduction in sales to, an existing customer through the rapid addition of one or more new customers is minimal because of these qualification requirements. Consequently, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected by the loss of, or any reduction in orders by, any of our significant customers.
 
Our quarterly revenue and operating results fluctuate significantly from period to period, and this may cause volatility in our common stock price.
 
Our quarterly revenue and operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past, and we expect them to continue to fluctuate in the future for a variety of reasons which may include:
 
  •  demand for and market acceptance of our products as a result of the cyclical nature of the industries we serve or otherwise, often resulting in reduced sales during industry downturns and increased sales during periods of industry recovery;
 
  •  changes in the timing and size of orders by our customers;
 
  •  cancellations and postponements of previously placed orders;
 
  •  pricing pressure from either our competitors or our customers, resulting in the reduction of our product prices;
 
  •  disruptions or delays in the manufacturing of our products or in the supply of components or raw materials that are incorporated into or used to manufacture our products, thereby causing us to delay the shipment of products;
 
  •  decreased margins for several or more quarters following the introduction of new products, especially as we introduce new subsystems;
 
  •  delays in ramp-up in production, low yields or other problems experienced at our manufacturing facilities in China;
 
  •  changes in design-to-delivery cycle times;
 
  •  inability to reduce our costs quickly in step with reductions in our prices or in response to decreased demand for our products;
 
  •  changes in our mix of products sold;
 
  •  write-offs of excess or obsolete inventory;
 
  •  one-time expenses or charges associated with failed acquisition negotiations or completed acquisitions;
 
  •  announcements by our competitors of new products, services or technological innovations, which may, among other things, render our products less competitive; and
 
  •  geographic mix of worldwide earnings.
 
As a result of the foregoing, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our revenue and operating results may not be meaningful and that these comparisons may not be an accurate indicator of our future performance. Changes in the timing or terms of a small number of transactions could disproportionately affect our


11


Table of Contents

operating results in any particular quarter. Moreover, our operating results in one or more future quarters may fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors. If this occurs, we would expect to experience an immediate and significant decline in the trading price of our common stock.
 
We have established, and as markets will allow, intend to expand our operations in China, which exposes us to risks associated with operating in a foreign country.
 
We intend to expand, as markets will allow, our operations in China. Our total assets in China at January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007 were $24.1 million and $27.0 million, respectively.
 
We are exposed to political, economic, legal and other risks associated with operating in China, including:
 
  •  foreign currency exchange fluctuations;
 
  •  political, civil and economic instability;
 
  •  tariffs and other barriers;
 
  •  timing and availability of export licenses;
 
  •  disruptions to our and our customers’ operations due to the outbreak of communicable diseases, such as SARS and avian flu;
 
  •  disruptions in operations due to the weakness of China’s domestic infrastructure, including transportation and energy;
 
  •  difficulties in developing relationships with local suppliers;
 
  •  difficulties in attracting new international customers;
 
  •  difficulties in accounts receivable collections;
 
  •  difficulties in staffing and managing a distant international subsidiary and branch operations;
 
  •  the burden of complying with foreign and international laws and treaties;
 
  •  difficulty in transferring funds to other geographic locations; and
 
  •  potentially adverse tax consequences.
 
Our operations in China also subject us to U.S. laws governing the export of equipment. These laws are complex and require us to obtain clearances for the export to China of certain equipment. We may fail to comply with these laws and regulations, which could require us to cease use of certain equipment and expose us to fines or penalties.
 
Over the past several years the Chinese government has pursued economic reform policies, including the encouragement of private economic activity and greater economic decentralization. The Chinese government may not continue these policies or may significantly alter them to our detriment from time to time without notice. Changes in laws and regulations or their interpretation, the imposition of confiscatory taxation policies, new restrictions on currency conversion or limitations on sources of supply could materially and adversely affect our Chinese operations, which could result in the partial or total loss of our investment in that country and materially and adversely affect our future operating results.
 
Third parties have claimed and may in the future claim we are infringing their intellectual property, which could subject us to litigation or licensing expenses, and we may be prevented from selling our products if any such claims prove successful.
 
We have in the past and may in the future receive claims that our products, processes or technologies infringe the patents or other proprietary rights of third parties. For example, in 2007 we completed our defense of an infringement action brought against us by Celerity, Inc. Our defense was successful only in part. We incurred a total of approximately $130,000 in damages and court costs related to the Celerity infringement. In addition, we may be unaware of intellectual property rights of others that may be applicable to our products. Any litigation regarding


12


Table of Contents

patents or other intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming and divert our management and key personnel from our business operations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. The complexity of the technology involved in our products and the uncertainty of intellectual property litigation increase these risks. Claims of intellectual property infringement may also require us to enter into costly license agreements. However, we may not be able to obtain licenses on terms acceptable to us, or at all. We also may be subject to significant damages or injunctions against the development, manufacture and sale of certain of our products if any such claims prove successful.
 
We are subject to order and shipment uncertainties and any significant reductions, cancellations or delays in customer orders could cause our revenue to decline and our operating results to suffer.
 
Our revenue is difficult to forecast because we generally do not have a material backlog of unfilled orders and because of the short time frame within which we are often required to design, produce and deliver products to our customers. Most of our revenue in any quarter depends on customer orders for our products that we receive and fulfill in the same quarter. We do not have long-term purchase orders or contracts that contain minimum purchase commitments from our customers. Instead, we receive non-binding forecasts of the future volume of orders from our customers. Occasionally, we order and build component inventory in advance of the receipt of actual customer orders. Customers may cancel order forecasts, change production quantities from forecasted volumes or delay production for reasons beyond our control. Furthermore, reductions, cancellations or delays in customer order forecasts usually occur without penalty to, or compensation from, the customer. Reductions, cancellations or delays in forecasted orders could cause us to hold inventory longer than anticipated, which could reduce our gross profit, restrict our ability to fund our operations and cause us to incur unanticipated reductions or delays in revenue. If we do not obtain orders as we anticipate, we could have excess component inventory for a specific product that we would not be able to sell to another customer, likely resulting in inventory write-offs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, because many of our costs are fixed in the short term, we could experience deterioration in our gross profit when our production volumes decline.
 
The manufacturing of our products is highly complex, and if we are not able to manage our manufacturing and procurement process effectively, our business and operating results will suffer.
 
The manufacturing of our products is a highly complex process that involves the integration of multiple components and requires effective management of our supply chain while meeting our customers’ design-to-delivery cycle time requirements. Through the course of the manufacturing process, our customers may modify design and system configurations in response to changes in their own customers’ requirements. In order to rapidly respond to these modifications and deliver our products to our customers in a timely manner, we must effectively manage our manufacturing and procurement process. If we fail to manage this process effectively, we risk losing customers and damaging our reputation. In addition, if we acquire inventory in excess of demand or that does not meet customer specifications, we could incur excess or obsolete inventory charges. These risks are even greater during an economic downturn as we are currently experiencing and as we continue to expand our business beyond gas delivery systems into new subsystems. In this economic downturn, certain of our suppliers may be forced out of business, which would require us to either procure product from higher-cost suppliers or, if no additional suppliers exist, reconfigure the design and manufacture of our products. This could limit our growth and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
 
OEMs may not continue to outsource other critical subsystems, which would adversely impact our operating results.
 
The success of our business depends on OEMs continuing to outsource the manufacturing of critical subsystems. Most of the largest OEMs have already outsourced production of a significant portion of their critical subsystems. If OEMs do not continue to outsource critical subsystems for their capital equipment, our revenue would be significantly reduced, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, if we are unable to obtain additional business from OEMs, even if they continue to outsource their production of critical subsystems, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.


13


Table of Contents

If our new products are not accepted by OEMs or if we are unable to maintain historical margins on our new products, our operating results would be adversely impacted.
 
We design, develop and market critical subsystems to OEMs. Sales of new products are expected to make up an increasing part of our total revenue. The introduction of new products is inherently risky because it is difficult to foresee the adoption of new standards, coordinate our technical personnel and strategic relationships and win acceptance of new products by OEMs. We may not be able to recoup design and development expenditures if our new products are not accepted by OEMs. Newly introduced products typically carry lower gross margins for several or more quarters following their introduction. If any of our new subsystems is not successful in the market, or if we are unable to obtain gross margins on new products that are similar to the gross margins we have historically achieved, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
We may not be able to integrate efficiently the operations of past and future acquired businesses.
 
We have made, and may in the future consider making, additional acquisitions of, or significant investments in, businesses that offer complementary products, services, technologies or market access. For example, we acquired Sieger Engineering, Inc. in June 2006. If we are to realize the anticipated benefits of past and future acquisitions or investments, the operations of these companies must be integrated and combined efficiently with our own. The process of integrating supply and distribution channels, computer and accounting systems, and other aspects of operations, while managing a larger entity, have and will present a significant challenge to our management. In addition, it is not certain that we will be able to incorporate different financial and reporting controls, processes, systems and technologies into our existing business environment. The difficulties of integration may increase because of the necessity of combining personnel with varied business backgrounds and combining different corporate cultures and objectives. We may assume substantial debt and incur substantial costs associated with these activities and we may suffer other material adverse effects from these integration efforts which could materially reduce our earnings, even over the long-term. We may not succeed with the integration process and we may not fully realize the anticipated benefits of the business combinations. The dedication of management resources to such integration or divestitures may detract attention from the day-to-day business, and we may need to hire additional management personnel to manage our acquisitions successfully.
 
In addition, we frequently evaluate acquisitions of, or significant investments in, complementary companies, assets, businesses and technologies. Even if an acquisition or other investment is not completed, we may incur significant management time and effort and financial cost in evaluating such acquisition or investment, which has in the past had, and could in the future have, an adverse effect on our results of operations. Furthermore, due to the limited liquidity in the credit market, the financing of any such acquisition may be difficult to obtain, and the terms of such financing may be less favorable.
 
Our business is largely dependent on the know-how of our employees, and we generally do not have a protected intellectual property position.
 
Our business is largely dependent upon our design, engineering, manufacturing and testing know-how. We rely on a combination of trade secrets and contractual confidentiality provisions and, to a much lesser extent, patents, copyrights and trademarks to protect our proprietary rights. Accordingly, our intellectual property position is more vulnerable than it would be if it were protected by patents. If we fail to protect our proprietary rights successfully, our competitive position could suffer, which could harm our operating results. We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our proprietary rights, and, in the event we do not detect infringement of our proprietary rights, we may lose our competitive position in the market if any such infringement occurs. In addition, competitors may design around our technology or develop competing technologies and know-how.
 
If we do not keep pace with developments in the industries we serve and with technological innovation generally, our products may not be competitive.
 
Rapid technological innovation in semiconductor, flat panel displays, solar and medical device manufacturing requires capital equipment providers to anticipate and respond quickly to evolving customer requirements and could render our current product offerings and technology obsolete. Technological innovations are inherently


14


Table of Contents

complex. We must devote resources to technology development in order to keep pace with such rapidly evolving technologies. We believe that our future success will depend upon our ability to design, engineer and manufacture products that meet the changing needs of our customers. This requires that we successfully anticipate and respond to technological changes in design, engineering and manufacturing processes in a cost-effective and timely manner. If we are unable to integrate new technical specifications into competitive product designs, develop the technical capabilities necessary to manufacture new products or make necessary modifications or enhancements to existing products, our business prospects could be harmed.
 
The timely development of new or enhanced products is a complex and uncertain process which requires that we:
 
  •  design innovative and performance-enhancing features that differentiate our products from those of our competitors;
 
  •  identify emerging technological trends in the industries we serve, including new standards for our products;
 
  •  accurately identify and design new products to meet market needs;
 
  •  collaborate with OEMs to design and develop products on a timely and cost-effective basis;
 
  •  ramp-up production of new products, especially new subsystems, in a timely manner and with acceptable yields;
 
  •  successfully manage development production cycles; and
 
  •  respond effectively to technological changes or product announcements by others.
 
The industries in which we participate are highly competitive and rapidly evolving, and if we are unable to compete effectively, our operating results would be harmed.
 
Although we have not faced competition in the past from the largest subsystem and component manufacturers in the industries we serve, these suppliers could compete with us in the future. Increased competition has in the past resulted, and could in the future result, in price reductions, reduced gross margins or loss of market share, any of which would harm our operating results. We are subject to pricing pressure as we attempt to increase market share with our existing customers. Competitors may introduce new products for the markets currently served by our products. These products may have better performance, lower prices and achieve broader market acceptance than our products. Further, OEMs typically own the design rights to their products and may provide these designs to other subsystem manufacturers. If our competitors obtain proprietary rights to these designs such that we are unable to obtain the designs necessary to manufacture products for our OEM customers, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.
 
Our competitors may have greater financial, technical, manufacturing and marketing resources than we do. As a result, they may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements, devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their products, and reduce prices to increase market share. Moreover, there may be merger and acquisition activity among our competitors and potential competitors that may provide our competitors and potential competitors an advantage over us by enabling them to expand their product offerings and service capabilities to meet a broader range of customer needs. Further, if one of our customers develops or acquires the internal capability to develop and produce critical subsystems that we produce, the loss of that customer could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. The introduction of new technologies and new market entrants may also increase competitive pressures.
 
We must achieve design wins to retain our existing customers and to obtain new customers.
 
New capital equipment typically has a lifespan of several years, and OEMs frequently specify which systems, subsystems, components and instruments are to be used in their equipment. Once a specific system, subsystem, component or instrument is incorporated into a piece of capital equipment, it will likely continue to be incorporated into that piece of equipment for at least several months before the OEM switches to the product of another supplier.


15


Table of Contents

Accordingly, it is important that our products are designed into the new semiconductor, solar, flat panel and medical device capital equipment of OEMs, which we refer to as a design win, in order to retain our competitive position with existing customers and to obtain new customers.
 
We incur technology development and sales expenses with no assurance that our products will ultimately be designed into an OEM’s capital equipment. Further, developing new customer relationships, as well as increasing our market share at existing customers, requires a substantial investment of our sales, engineering and management resources without any assurance from prospective customers that they will place significant orders. We believe that OEMs often select their suppliers and place orders based on long-term relationships. Accordingly, we may have difficulty achieving design wins from OEMs that are not currently our customers. Our operating results and potential growth could be adversely affected if we fail to achieve design wins with leading OEMs.
 
We may not be able to respond quickly enough to increases in demand for our products.
 
Demand shifts in the industries we serve are rapid and difficult to predict, and we may not be able to respond quickly enough to an increase in demand. Our ability to increase sales of our products depends, in part, upon our ability to:
 
  •  mobilize our supply chain in order to maintain component and raw material supply;
 
  •  optimize the use of our design, engineering and manufacturing capacity in a timely manner;
 
  •  deliver our products to our customers in a timely fashion;
 
  •  expand, if necessary, our manufacturing capacity; and
 
  •  maintain our product quality as we increase production.
 
If we are unable to respond to rapid increases in demand for our products on a timely basis or to manage any corresponding expansion of our manufacturing capacity effectively, our customers could increase their purchases from our competitors, which would adversely affect our business.
 
Our dependence on our suppliers may prevent us from delivering an acceptable product on a timely basis.
 
We rely on both single-source and sole-source suppliers some of whom are relatively small, for many of the components we use in our products. In addition, our customers often specify components of particular suppliers that we must incorporate into our products. Our suppliers are under no obligation to provide us with components. As a result, the loss of or failure to perform by any of these providers could adversely affect our business and operating results. The risk of such a loss is particularly high as a result of the current economic downturn, as many of our suppliers have announced poor operating results and have limited access to capital. In addition, the manufacturing of certain components and subsystems is an extremely complex process. Therefore, if a supplier were unable to provide the volume of components we require on a timely basis and at acceptable prices, we would have to identify and qualify replacements from alternative sources of supply. The process of qualifying new suppliers for these complex components is lengthy and could delay our production, which would adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. We may also experience difficulty in obtaining sufficient supplies of components and raw materials in times of significant growth in our business. For example, we have in the past experienced shortages in supplies of various components, such as mass flow controllers, valves and regulators, and certain prefabricated parts, such as sheet metal enclosures, used in the manufacture of our products. In addition, one of our competitors manufactures mass flow controllers that may be specified by one or more of our customers. If we are unable to obtain these particular mass flow controllers from our competitor or convince a customer to select alternative mass flow controllers, we may be unable to meet that customer’s requirements, which could result in a loss of market share.


16


Table of Contents

Defects in our products could damage our reputation, decrease market acceptance of our products, cause the unintended release of hazardous materials and result in potentially costly litigation.
 
A number of factors, including design flaws, material and component failures, contamination in the manufacturing environment, impurities in the materials used and unknown sensitivities to process conditions, such as temperature and humidity, as well as equipment failures, may cause our products to contain undetected errors or defects. Problems with our products may:
 
  •  cause delays in product introductions and shipments;
 
  •  result in increased costs and diversion of development resources;
 
  •  cause us to incur increased charges due to unusable inventory;
 
  •  require design modifications;
 
  •  decrease market acceptance of, or customer satisfaction with, our products, which could result in decreased sales and product returns; or
 
  •  result in lower yields for semiconductor manufacturers.
 
If any of our products contain defects or have reliability, quality or compatibility problems, our reputation might be damaged and customers might be reluctant to buy our products. We may also face a higher rate of product defects as we increase our production levels. Product defects could result in the loss of existing customers or impair our ability to attract new customers. In addition, we may not find defects or failures in our products until after they are installed in a manufacturer’s fabrication facility. We may have to invest significant capital and other resources to correct these problems. Our current or potential customers also might seek to recover from us any losses resulting from defects or failures in our products. Hazardous materials flow through and are controlled by our products and an unintended release of these materials could result in serious injury or death. Liability claims could require us to spend significant time and money in litigation or pay significant damages.
 
We have outstanding indebtedness; the restrictive covenants under our debt agreements may limit our ability to expand or pursue our business strategy; if we are forced to prepay some or all of this indebtedness our financial position would be severely and adversely affected.
 
We have outstanding indebtedness. At the end of fiscal 2008, our long-term debt was $12.7 million and our short-term debt was $5.8 million, for an aggregate total of $18.5 million. Our loan agreement, as amended on February 4, 2009, requires compliance with certain financial covenants, including maintenance of a minimum monthly tangible net worth and a minimum monthly liquidity coverage ratio. The covenants contained in our line of credit with the bank also restrict our ability to take certain actions, including our ability to:
 
  •  incur additional indebtedness;
 
  •  pay dividends and make distributions in respect of our capital stock;
 
  •  redeem capital stock;
 
  •  make investments or other restricted payments outside the ordinary course of business;
 
  •  engage in transactions with stockholders and affiliates;
 
  •  create liens;
 
  •  sell or otherwise dispose of assets;
 
  •  make payments on our other debt, other than in the ordinary course; and
 
  •  engage in certain mergers and acquisitions.
 
We are currently in compliance with the financial and reporting covenants in our loan agreement. In January 2009, we were out of compliance with the reporting covenants, however, we received a waiver from our bank. We cannot assure you that we will meet these financial covenants in subsequent periods. If we are unable to meet any


17


Table of Contents

covenants, we cannot assure you that the bank will grant waivers or amend the covenants, or that the bank will not terminate the agreement, preclude further borrowings or require us to immediately repay any outstanding borrowings. As long as our indebtedness remains outstanding, the restrictive covenants could impair our ability to expand or pursue our business strategies or obtain additional funding. Forced prepayment of some or all of our indebtedness would reduce our available cash balances and have an adverse impact on our operating and financial performance.
 
We may not be able to fund our future capital requirements from our operations, and financing from other sources may not be available on favorable terms or at all.
 
We made capital expenditures of $9.4 million during fiscal 2008, of which $7.7 million related to improvements to our new manufacturing facility in Hayward, California and $1.7 million related to the development of our manufacturing facilities in China. In 2007, we made capital expenditures of $8.0 million, of which $4.3 million related to the implementation of our new ERP system and $1.7 million related to the development of our manufacturing facilities in China, which includes $1.5 million related to our second, leased manufacturing facility in Shanghai, China. The amount of our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:
 
  •  general worldwide financial market conditions;
 
  •  the cost required to ensure access to adequate manufacturing capacity;
 
  •  the timing and extent of spending to support product development efforts;
 
  •  the timing of introductions of new products and enhancements to existing products;
 
  •  changing manufacturing capabilities to meet new customer requirements; and
 
  •  market acceptance of our products.
 
Although we amended our loan agreement and extended the maturity of our credit facility through January 29, 2012, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing if our current cash and cash flow from operations are insufficient to fund our future activities. Due to very limited liquidity in the credit market, we may not be able to obtain additional debt financing when and if necessary in a timely manner. In addition, banks have sometimes been unable or unwilling to satisfy their obligations under existing credit arrangements. Access to capital markets has recently been unavailable to most companies such as ours and there can be no assurance as to when the capital markets will recover. Equity financing, when and if available, could be dilutive to holders of our common stock, and debt financings would likely involve covenants that restrict our business operations. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, if and when needed, we may not be able to develop or enhance our products, take advantage of future opportunities, grow our business or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated requirements, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
The technology labor market is very competitive, and our business will suffer if we are unable to hire and retain key personnel.
 
Our future success depends in part on the continued service of our key executive officers, as well as our research, engineering, sales, manufacturing and administrative personnel, most of whom are not subject to employment or non-competition agreements. In addition, competition for qualified personnel in the technology industry is intense, and we operate in geographic locations in which labor markets are particularly competitive. Our business is particularly dependent on expertise which only a very limited number of engineers possess. The loss of any of our key employees and officers, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer or any of our Senior Vice Presidents, or the failure to attract and retain new qualified employees, would adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.


18


Table of Contents

We have experienced and may continue to experience difficulties with our new enterprise resource planning (ERP) system which has impacted and could further impact our results of operations.
 
We have experienced and may continue to experience, difficulties with our new ERP system. For example, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, increased year-end rescheduling actions by our customers, combined with the difficulties we experienced with our new ERP system, resulted in inefficiencies which drove higher operating costs. We implemented our new ERP system in our China facilities during the beginning of our first quarter of fiscal 2009. Difficulties related to implementing and working with a new ERP system have adversely affected and could disrupt our ability to timely and accurately process and report key components of the results of a consolidated operations, our financial position and cash flows.
 
Any disruptions or difficulties that may occur in connection with this new ERP system could further adversely affect our ability to complete the evaluation of our internal controls and attestation activities required by SOX 404. System failure or malfunctioning may result in disruption of operations and the inability to process transactions and could adversely affect our financial results.
 
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our international sales are denominated primarily, though not entirely, in U.S. dollars. Many of the costs and expenses associated with our Chinese subsidiaries are paid in Chinese Renminbi, and we expect our exposure to Chinese Renminbi to increase as we ramp up production in those facilities. In addition, purchases of some of our components are denominated in Japanese Yen. Changes in exchange rates among other currencies in which our revenue or costs are denominated and the U.S. dollar may affect our revenue, cost of sales and operating margins. While fluctuations in the value of our revenue, cost of sales and operating margins as measured in U.S. dollars have not materially affected our results of operations historically, we do not currently hedge our exchange exposure, and exchange rate fluctuations could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations in the future.
 
If environmental contamination were to occur in one of our manufacturing facilities, we could be subject to substantial liabilities.
 
We use substances regulated under various foreign, domestic, federal, state and local environmental laws in our manufacturing facilities. Our failure or inability to comply with existing or future environmental laws could result in significant remediation liabilities, the imposition of fines or the suspension or termination of the production of our products. In addition, we may not be aware of all environmental laws or regulations that could subject us to liability.
 
If our facilities were to experience catastrophic loss due to natural disasters, our operations would be seriously harmed.
 
Our facilities could be subject to a catastrophic loss caused by natural disasters, including fires and earthquakes. We have facilities in areas with above average seismic activity, such as our manufacturing facility in South San Francisco, California and our new manufacturing and headquarters facilities in Hayward, California. If any of our facilities were to experience a catastrophic loss, it could disrupt our operations, delay production and shipments, reduce revenue and result in large expenses to repair or replace the facility. In addition, we have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, extended power outages at our facilities. We do not carry insurance policies that cover potential losses caused by earthquakes or other natural disasters or power loss.
 
We must maintain effective controls, and our auditors will report on them.
 
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, significant resources and management oversight are required. As a result, our management’s attention might be diverted from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.


19


Table of Contents

During the audit of our financial statements for fiscal 2008 and during the third quarter of 2008, material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting were identified and, in the future, we may identify additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. The material weakness identified as of January 2, 2009 related to year-end physical inventory count procedures and computation of inventory reserves. The material weakness identified in the third quarter of fiscal 2008 related to misclassification of debt between current and non current liabilities in our balance sheet as of September 26, 2008. We have remediated the material weakness related to misclassification of debt and are in the process of determining the steps required to remediate the material weakness related to year-end physical inventory count procedures and computation of inventory reserves, however we cannot estimate the time required to complete these remediation steps. Any failure by us to maintain adequate controls or to adequately implement new controls could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. In addition, we might need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge, and we might not be able to do so in a timely fashion.
 
The market for our stock is subject to significant fluctuation.
 
The size of our public market capitalization is relatively small, and the volume of our shares that are traded is low. The market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:
 
  •  quarterly variations in our operating results;
 
  •  our ability to successfully introduce new products and manage new product transitions;
 
  •  changes in revenue or earnings estimates or publication of research reports by analysts;
 
  •  speculation in the press or investment community;
 
  •  strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;
 
  •  announcements relating to any of our key customers, significant suppliers or the semiconductor manufacturing and capital equipment industry generally;
 
  •  general market conditions;
 
  •  the effects of war and terrorist attacks; and
 
  •  domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance.
 
The stock markets in general, and the markets for technology stocks in particular, have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.
 
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None.
 
Item 2.    Properties
 
In September 2007, we entered into a new facility lease agreement for approximately 104,000 square feet of office space in Hayward, California. We moved into the new facility in July 2008 and use this space as the new headquarters for our principal administrative, sales and support, engineering and technology development facilities and for manufacturing purposes. This lease will expire in February 2015. We also have manufacturing and engineering facilities in South San Francisco and Sacramento. In South San Francisco we lease approximately 102,000 square feet under 6 leases with varying expiration dates and extension periods. Approximately 12,300 square feet in South San Francisco is a neat room facility and 1,300 square feet is a clean room manufacturing facility. In Sacramento, we lease approximately 20,000 square feet under a lease that expires in August of 2010 with one five-year extension. We also have manufacturing facilities in Austin, Texas, Tualatin,


20


Table of Contents

Oregon and Shanghai, China. In Austin, we lease approximately 42,000 square feet of commercial space under a lease that expires on August 31, 2010 with a one-year extension. Approximately 6,800 square feet in Austin is a clean room manufacturing facility. In Shanghai, we lease approximately 132,000 square feet of commercial space under two leases which expire on June 30, 2009 and February 28, 2011. Approximately 11,000 square feet of this space is a clean room facility. In Singapore, we lease approximately 500 square feet under a six-month lease that expires in April 2009. In Tualatin, we lease approximately 28,000 square feet of commercial space under a lease that expires on November 7, 2010. Approximately 6,800 square feet in Tualatin is a clean room manufacturing facility. Subsequent to our fiscal 2008 year end we vacated this facility and are currently looking to sublease this space.
 
The table below lists our properties as of February 28, 2009:
 
                     
Location
  Principal Use   Square Footage     Ownership  
 
Hayward, California
  Headquarters, manufacturing, sales, engineering, technology development     104,000       Leased  
South San Francisco, California
  Manufacturing, engineering     102,000       Leased (1)
Sacramento, California
  Manufacturing     20,000       Leased  
Austin, Texas
  Manufacturing, engineering     42,000       Leased  
Tualatin, Oregon
  Vacant with plans to sublet     28,000       Leased  
Singapore Science Park III, Singapore
  Customer support     500       Leased  
Shanghai, China
  Manufacturing, customer support     132,000       Leased  
 
 
(1) As part of the acquisition of Sieger, the Company leases a facility from an entity controlled by one of the Company’s directors. The Company incurred rent expense resulting from the lease of this facility of $0.3 million in the year ended January 2, 2009 and $0.3 million in the year ended December 28, 2007.
 
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings
 
On June 25, 2007, a jury in the federal court for the Northern District of California found that we infringed one of the patents owned by Celerity, Inc. The jury awarded damages of $45,000 to Celerity in royalty fees for gas panel sales to date related to the product that was found to infringe the Celerity patent and enjoined us from making, using, or selling such product. The court also ordered us to pay Celerity $85,000 in court costs. We appealed the jury verdict and injunction to the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit (CAFC). In October 2008, the CAFC affirmed the verdict of infringement. The CAFC’s ruling has not and we do not expect it to have a material impact on our operating results or cash flows.
 
From time to time, we are also subject to various legal proceedings and claims, either asserted or unasserted, that arise in the ordinary course of business. Although the outcome of the various legal proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we have not had a history of outcomes to date that have been material to the statement of operations and do not believe that any of these proceedings or other claims will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
 
Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
 
None.


21


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
COMPARISON OF 57 MONTH CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index
And The RDG Semiconductor Composite Index
 
(LINE GRAPH)
 
 
* $100 invested on 3/25/04 in stock or 2/28/04 in index-including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ending December 31.
 
Our common stock has been traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “UCTT” since March 25, 2004. The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low closing sales prices per share of our common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Global Market:
 
                 
    High     Low  
 
Fiscal year 2007 First quarter
  $ 18.52     $ 13.25  
Second quarter
  $ 19.60     $ 12.91  
Third quarter
  $ 15.55     $ 12.77  
Fourth quarter
  $ 16.58     $ 12.13  
Fiscal year 2008 First quarter
  $ 12.20     $ 8.98  
Second quarter
  $ 11.49     $ 8.08  
Third quarter
  $ 8.38     $ 6.02  
Fourth quarter
  $ 5.41     $ 1.03  
 
To date, we have not declared or paid cash dividends to our stockholders and we do not intend to do so for the foreseeable future in order to retain earnings for use in our business. Our credit facility limits our ability to pay dividends. As of February 27, 2009, we had approximately 13 stockholders of record.


22


Table of Contents

Item 6.    Selected Consolidated Financial Data
 
You should read the following tables in conjunction with other information contained under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information contained elsewhere in this Annual Report.
 
Statements of Operations Data:
 
                                         
    Years Ended  
    1/02/2009     12/28/2007     12/29/2006*     12/30/2005     12/31/2004  
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
                                       
Sales
  $ 266,919     $ 403,807     $ 337,228     $ 147,535     $ 184,204  
Cost of goods sold
    241,453       346,347       286,542       127,459       154,995  
                                         
Gross profit
    25,466       57,460       50,686       20,076       29,209  
Operating expenses
    32,869       33,953       25,352       17,515       15,761  
Impairment of goodwill
    34,063                          
Impairment of long-lived assets
    21,017                          
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    (62,483 )     23,507       25,334       2,561       13,448  
                                         
Other income (expense)
    (870 )     (1,797 )     (1,758 )     147       (387 )
                                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (63,353 )     21,710       23,576       2,708       13,061  
Income tax provision (benefit)
    (10,936 )     5,817       7,266       705       4,511  
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (52,417 )   $ 15,893     $ 16,310     $ 2,003     $ 8,550  
                                         
Net income (loss) per share:
                                       
Basic
  $ (2.43 )   $ 0.75     $ 0.85     $ 0.12     $ 0.59  
Diluted
  $ (2.43 )   $ 0.72     $ 0.83     $ 0.12     $ 0.55  
Shares used in computation:
                                       
Basic
    21,542       21,293       19,220       16,241       14,605  
Diluted
    21,542       22,118       19,649       17,169       15,542  
 
 
* The results for the year ended December 29, 2006 include the activity of UCT-Sieger beginning June 30, 2006, the date of acquisition.
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
 
                                         
    1/02/2009     12/28/2007     12/29/2006     12/30/2005     12/31/2004  
 
Cash & cash equivalents
  $ 29,620     $ 33,447     $ 23,321     $ 10,663     $ 11,440  
Working capital
    73,197       80,498       71,587       33,889       29,861  
Total assets
    117,411       195,027       187,047       75,009       67,698  
Bank borrowings and long- term debt
    18,471       22,211       31,564       2,343        
Short-and long-term rent obligations
    388       1,062       379       354       528  
Total stockholders’ equity
    78,399       129,488       107,168       55,281       52,475  
 
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
This section and other parts of this Annual Report on Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements can also be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “believes,” “plans,” “predicts,” and similar terms. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and the Company’s actual results may differ significantly from the result discussed in the


23


Table of Contents

forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Item 1A — Risk Factors” above. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statement and notes thereto included in Item 8 of this report. The Company assumes no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements for any reason, except as required by law.
 
Overview
 
We are a leading developer and supplier of critical subsystems, primarily for the semiconductor capital equipment industry. We also leverage the specialized skill sets required to support semiconductor capital equipment to serve the technologically similar markets in the flat panel, solar and medical device industries, collectively referred to as “Other Addressed Industries”. We develop, design, prototype, engineer, manufacture and test subsystems which are highly specialized and tailored to specific steps in the semiconductor manufacturing process as well as the manufacturing process in Other Addressed Industries. Our revenue is derived primarily from the sale of gas delivery systems and other critical subsystems including chemical mechanical planarization (“CMP”) subsystems, chemical delivery modules, top-plate assemblies, frame assemblies, process modules and other high level assemblies.
 
The recent weakening global economy, severe tightening of the credit markets and turmoil in the financial markets are contributing to slowdowns in the markets we serve. Uncertainty regarding future growth in economies throughout the world have caused companies to reduce capital investment, the impact of which has been particularly severe in the semiconductor capital equipment industry. This economic uncertainty has led our customers to push out, cancel, or refrain from placing orders with us, which in turn has reduced our sales and negatively impacted our cash flow. Our sales were $266.9 million in fiscal year 2008 compared to $403.8 million for fiscal year 2007. Four customers: Applied Materials, Inc., Intuitive Surgical, Inc., Lam Research Corporation and Novellus Systems, Inc., accounted for 88% of our sales for fiscal year 2008. We incurred a net loss of $52.4 million, which included a charge for impairment of goodwill and other long-lived assets of $55.1 million, for the year ended January 2, 2009 and we expect to incur additional losses in the future. We expect an unusually challenging environment for fiscal 2009 and expect sequential revenues to be lower in the first quarter of 2009.
 
Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth income statement data for the periods indicated as a percentage of revenue:
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    January 2,
    December 28,
    December 29,
 
    2009     2007     2006  
 
Sales
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of goods sold
    90.5 %     85.8 %     85.0 %
                         
Gross profit
    9.5 %     14.2 %     15.0 %
Operating expenses:
                       
Research and development
    1.1 %     0.7 %     0.9 %
Sales and marketing
    2.2 %     1.5 %     1.4 %
General and administrative
    9.1 %     6.2 %     5.2 %
Impairment of goodwill
    12.7              
Impairment of long-lived assets
    7.8 %            
                         
Total operating expenses
    32.9 %     8.4 %     7.5 %
                         
Income (loss) from operations
    (23.4 )%     5.9 %     7.5 %
Interest and other income (expense), net
    (0.3 )%     (0.4 )%     (0.5 )%
                         
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
    (23.7 )%     5.5 %     7.0 %
Income tax provision (benefit)
    (4.1 )%     1.4 %     2.1 %
                         
Net income (loss)
    (19.6 )%     3.9 %     4.9 %
                         


24


Table of Contents

Year Ended January 2, 2009 Compared With Year Ended December 28, 2007
 
Sales
 
Sales for the year ended January 2, 2009 decreased $136.9 million, or 33.9%, to $266.9 million from $403.8 million for the year ended December 28, 2007. The decrease in sales reflects a decrease in semi-conductor equipment demand as a result of the overall slowdown in the industry, partially offset by sequential minor increases in non-semiconductor revenue. We expect sequential revenues to be lower in the first quarter of 2009.
 
Gross Profit
 
Cost of goods sold consists primarily of purchased materials, labor and overhead, including depreciation, associated with the design and manufacture of products sold. Gross profit for the year ended January 2, 2009 decreased to $25.5 million, or 9.5% of sales, from $57.5 million, or 14.2% of sales, for the year ended December 28, 2007. The decrease in gross profit was due primarily to declining unit volume manufactured due to declining sales during fiscal year 2009, lower factory utilization, costs associated with the centralization and closure of our facilities and employee severance charges resulting from a series of reductions in force.
 
Research and Development Expense
 
Research and development expense consists primarily of activities related to new component testing and evaluation, test equipment, design and implementation, new product design and testing and other product development activities. Research and development expense remained relatively flat decreasing to $2.9 million, or 1.1% of sales, for the year ended January 2, 2009 compared to $3.0 million, or 0.7% of sales for the year ended December 28, 2007. The increase as a percentage of sales was due primarily to a lower revenue base in 2009 as compared to 2008.
 
Sales and Marketing Expense
 
Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of salaries and commissions paid to our sales and service employees, salaries paid to our engineers who work with our sales and service employees to help determine the components and configuration requirements for new products and other costs related to the sales of our products. Sales and marketing expense was $5.7 million and $5.9 million for the years ended January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007, respectively. The decreased spending was due primarily to reduced travel expense and sales commissions offset by an increase in severance payments. As a percentage of sales, sales and marketing expense increased to 2.2% for the year ended January 2, 2009 compared to 1.5% for the year ended December 28, 2007 due to the lower revenue base in 2009 compared as to 2008.
 
General and Administrative Expense
 
General and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and overhead of our administrative staff and professional fees. General and administrative expense decreased to $24.2 million, or 9.1% of sales, for the year ended January 2, 2009, from $25.1 million, or 6.2% of sales, for the year ended December 28, 2007. The decrease in spending was due to lower outside service costs of approximately $3.1 million resulting from reduced accounting and consulting costs related to SOX 404 compliance and reduced legal fees as the legal proceedings discussed in Item 3 — Legal Proceedings were finalized in fiscal 2007. This decrease was partially offset by increases in facility expenses related to the move to our new facility in Hayward, California in mid-fiscal 2008, higher depreciation costs due to the implementation of our new ERP system in late fiscal 2007 and employee severance charges resulting from a series of reductions in force.
 
Impairment of goodwill
 
During the current year, as a result of our annual impairment test of goodwill, we determined that the carrying amount of certain reporting units exceeded their fair value resulting in impairment charges of $34.1 million to goodwill (See Note 4 to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion).


25


Table of Contents

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we determined that an adverse change in our business climate required us to test the recoverability of our long-lived assets. As a result of these tests we determined that the carrying amount of certain reporting units had exceeded their fair value resulting in impairment charges of $10.7 million for other intangible assets and $10.4 million for property, plant and equipment. (See Note 4 to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion).
 
Interest and Other Income (Expense), net
 
Interest and other income (expense), net for the year ended January 2, 2009 was $(0.9) million compared to $(1.8) million in 2007. Components of interest and other income (expense) relate primarily to the interest expense incurred for debt financing. Interest expense for fiscal 2008 was $1.1 million compared to $2.2 million in 2007. The decrease in 2008 was due primarily to a decrease in interest rates on debt. This decrease in interest expense was partially offset by a decrease in interest income of approximately $0.3 million.
 
Income Tax Provision
 
Our effective tax rate for the year ended January 2, 2009 was (17.3)% compared to 26.8% for the year ended December 28, 2007. Our effective tax rate is substantially impacted by several items including Section 199 deduction for domestic production activities, state taxes and the effect of foreign operations, and in the fourth quarter ended January 2, 2009, our effective tax rate was impacted by the impairment of goodwill for which there is no tax benefit. The decreased rate in 2008 reflects primarily the impact of our goodwill impairment charge as well as a change in our geographic mix of US and China earnings.
 
Year Ended December 28, 2007 Compared With Year Ended December 29, 2006
 
Sales
 
Sales for the year ended December 28, 2007 increased $66.6 million, or 19.7%, to $403.8 million from $337.2 million for the year ended December 29, 2006. The increase reflects continued market penetration and strong demand in the first six months of 2007, offset, in part, by a decrease in demand resulting from the overall slowdown in the semiconductor capital equipment market in the second half of 2007. The increase includes incremental revenue of $32.2 million derived from the acquisition of UCT-Sieger.
 
Gross Profit
 
Gross profit for the year ended December 28, 2007 increased to $57.5 million, or 14.2% of sales, from $50.7 million, or 15.0% of sales, for the year ended December 29, 2006. Gross profit for the year ended 2007 reflects a correction in inventory resulting from incorrect material transfers in our newly implemented ERP system, which increased our cost of goods sold by $0.3 million and decreased gross margins by 0.1% from the 14.3% reported in our earnings release dated February 19, 2008. The increase in gross profit from 2006 was due primarily to an increase in revenues, net of a decrease of approximately $3.2 million resulting from a reduction in gross margins, primarily from our US operations. The decrease in gross margin was due primarily to declining, sequential quarterly revenue which began the first quarter of fiscal 2007. A contributing factor to the decrease in the gross margin in 2007 related to the increase in SFAS 123(R) stock-based compensation expense of $0.5 million.
 
Research and Development Expense
 
Research and development expense remained relatively flat decreasing to $3.0 million, or 0.7% of sales, for the year ended December 28, 2007 compared to $3.1 million, or 0.9% of sales for the year ended December 29, 2006. The decrease as a percentage of sales was due primarily to a higher revenue base in 2007 as compared to 2006.
 
Sales and Marketing Expense
 
Sales and marketing expense was $5.9 million and $4.6 million for the years ended December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively. The increased spending was due primarily to approximately $1.1 million in additional compensation expense as a result of increases in sales and service headcount to support higher revenue including the


26


Table of Contents

Sieger revenue. The balance of the increase was attributed primarily to increased travel expenses of $0.1 million and $0.1 million of SFAS 123(R) stock compensation expense. As a percentage of sales, sales and marketing expense increased to 1.5% for the year ended December 28, 2007 compared to 1.4% for the year ended December 29, 2006.
 
General and Administrative Expense
 
General and administrative expense increased to $25.1 million, or 6.2% of sales, for the year ended December 28, 2007 from $17.7 million, or 5.2% of sales, for the year ended December 29, 2006. The increase in spending was due to increases in labor costs of $3.5 million in part related to the addition of UCT-Sieger administrative personnel as well as increases in administrative personnel related to our China facilities. The increase is also due to accounting and consulting costs related to SOX 404 compliance of $1.3 million, legal fees related primarily to legal proceedings described above in Item 3 — Legal Proceedings of $1.4 million and SFAS 123(R) stock compensation expenses of $0.7 million.
 
Interest and Other Income (Expense), net
 
Interest and other income (expense), net for the year ended December 28, 2007 was $(1.8) million compared to $(1.8) million in 2006. Components of interest and other income (expense) relate primarily to the interest expense incurred for debt financing related to the Sieger acquisition. Interest expense for the year 2007 was $2.2 million compared to $1.4 million in 2006. The increase in 2007 was due to interest on debt incurred for a full year in 2007 compared to interest on debt incurred for only a part of 2006 as a result of the acquisition of Sieger in June 2006. This increase in interest expense was partially offset by an increase in interest income of approximately $0.1 million as well as a decrease in other expense of approximately $0.5 million. Other expense in fiscal 2006 included approximately $0.5 million of stock offering expenses related to our secondary offering in the first quarter of 2006.
 
Income Tax Provision
 
Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 28, 2007 was 26.8% compared to 30.8% for the year ended December 29, 2006. Our effective tax rate is substantially impacted by several items including Section 199 deduction for domestic production activities, state taxes and the effect of foreign operations. The decreased rate in 2007 reflects primarily a change in our geographic mix of US and China earnings.
 
Critical Accounting Policies, Significant Judgments and Estimates
 
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, which requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosure at the date of our financial statements. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to sales, inventories, intangible assets, stock compensation and income taxes. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of our judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates. We consider certain accounting policies related to revenue recognition, inventory valuation, accounting for income taxes, business combinations, valuation of intangible assets and goodwill and equity incentives to employees to be critical policies due to the estimates and judgments involved in each.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Our revenue is highly concentrated in four OEM customers in the semiconductor capital equipment, solar, flat panel and medical device industries. Our standard arrangement for our customers includes a signed purchase order or contract, no right of return of delivered products and no customer acceptance provisions. Revenue from sales of products is recognized when:
 
  •  we enter into a legally binding arrangement with a customer;
 
  •  we ship the products;


27


Table of Contents

 
  •  customer payment is deemed fixed or determinable and free of contingencies or significant uncertainties; and
 
  •  collection is probable.
 
Revenue is generally recognized upon shipment of the product. In arrangements which specify title transfer upon delivery, revenue is not recognized until the product is delivered. In addition, if we have not fulfilled the terms of the agreement at the time of shipment, revenue recognition is deferred until completion. Determination of criteria in the third and fourth bullet points above is based on our judgment regarding the fixed nature of the amounts charged for the products delivered and the collectability of those amounts.
 
We assess collectability based on the creditworthiness of the customer and past transaction history. We perform on-going credit evaluations of, and do not require collateral from, our customers. We have not experienced significant collection losses in the past. A significant change in the liquidity or financial position of any one customer could make it more difficult for us to assess collectability.
 
Inventory Valuation
 
We value our inventories at the lesser of standard cost, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, or market. We assess the valuation of all inventories, including raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods and spare parts on a periodic basis. Obsolete inventory or inventory in excess of our estimated usage is written-down to its estimated market value less costs to sell, if less than its cost. The inventory write-downs are recorded as an inventory valuation allowance established on the basis of obsolete inventory or specific identified inventory in excess of established usage. Inherent in our estimates of market value in determining inventory valuation are estimates related to economic trends, future demand for our products and technological obsolescence of our products. If actual market conditions are less favorable than our projections, additional inventory write-downs may be required. If the inventory value is written down to its net realizable value, and subsequently there is an increased demand for the inventory at a higher value, the increased value of the inventory is not realized until the inventory is sold either as a component of a subsystem or as separate inventory. For the years ended January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007, we wrote off $0.7 million and $0.9 million, respectively, in inventory determined to be obsolete.
 
Accounting for Income Taxes
 
The determination of our tax provision is subject to judgments and estimates. The carrying value of our net deferred tax assets, which is made up primarily of tax deductions, assumes we will be able to generate sufficient future income to fully realize these deductions. In determining whether the realization of these deferred tax assets may be impaired, we make judgments with respect to whether we are likely to generate sufficient future taxable income to realize these assets. We have not recorded any valuation allowance to impair our tax assets because, based on the available evidence, we believe it is more likely than not that we will be able to utilize all of our deferred tax assets in the future. If we do not generate sufficient future income, the realization of these deferred tax assets may be impaired, resulting in an additional income tax expense.
 
We adopted the provision of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109”, as of January 1, 2007. Prior to adoption, our policy was to establish reserves that reflected the best estimate of known tax contingencies. FIN No. 48 requires application of a more likely than not threshold to the recognition and derecognition of uncertain tax positions. FIN No. 48 requires us to recognize the amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of success upon settlement. The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax law and related regulations. Accordingly, we report a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.
 
The Company’s 2005 state income tax return is currently under examination by the California Franchise Tax Board (“CFTB”) and the Company’s 2006 tax return is currently under examination by the CFTB and the Internal Revenue Service. The Company is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service for fiscal year 2007 and the Company’s state income tax returns are open to audit under the statute of limitations for the fiscal years 2005 through 2007.


28


Table of Contents

Business Combinations
 
In accordance with business combination accounting, we allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. We engage third-party appraisal firms to assist management in determining the fair values of acquired intangible assets such as trade name and customer relationships. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions. Management makes estimates of fair value based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable. These estimates are based on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain.
 
Valuation of Goodwill and Long-lived Assets
 
We evaluate our intangible assets and goodwill in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 (“SFAS No. 142”), Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , at least annually, for indications of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable, such as an adverse change in our business climate or a decline in the overall industry, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company’s intangible assets include goodwill, customer lists and tradename. Factors we consider important that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, or significant negative industry or economic trends. The provisions of SFAS No. 142 require a goodwill impairment test annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill, the provisions of SFAS No. 142 require the application of a fair value based test at the reporting unit level. We operate in one reportable segment and have one reporting unit. Therefore, all goodwill is considered enterprise goodwill and the first step of the impairment test prescribed by SFAS No. 142 requires a comparison of our fair value to our book value. If the estimated fair value is less than the book value, SFAS No. 142 requires an estimate of the fair value of all identifiable assets and liabilities of the business, in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation for an acquired business. This estimate requires valuations of certain internally generated and unrecognized intangible assets such as in-process research and development and developed technology. Potential goodwill impairment is measured based upon this two-step process.
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets (SFAS No. 144) , the Company tests other long-lived assets, including property, equipment and leasehold improvements and other intangible assets subject to amortization, for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of those assets may not be recoverable. The Company assesses the recoverability of an asset group by determining if the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the sum of the projected undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets over the remaining economic life of the primary asset in the asset group. If the recoverability test indicates that the carrying value of the asset group is not recoverable, the Company will estimate the fair value of the asset group using the income approach, which is the present value technique used to measure the fair value of future cash flow produced by each asset group, and compare it to its carrying value. The excess of the carrying value over the fair value is allocated pro rata to derive the adjusted carrying value. The adjusted carrying value of each asset in the asset group is not reduced below its fair value.
 
See additional disclosure of these analyses in Note 4 to our Consolidated Financial Statements including the impairment charges recorded during the quarter ended January 2, 2009.
 
The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill or long-lived assets is subjective and requires significant judgment on matters such as, but not limited to, the reporting unit at which goodwill should be measured for impairment and the asset group to be tested for recoverability. The Company is also required to make estimates that may significantly impact the outcome of the analyses. Such estimates include, but are not limited to, future operating performance and cash flows, cost of capital, terminal values, control premiums and remaining economic lives of assets.


29


Table of Contents

Equity Incentives to Employees
 
We have accounted for stock-based compensation under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 123R (revised 2004) Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123R”) and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 107 which requires the use of option pricing models that were not developed for use in valuing employee stock options. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model that we use was developed for use in estimating the fair value of short-lived exchange traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option-pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the option’s expected life and the price volatility of underlying stock. Our expect stock price volatility assumption was determined using the historical volatility of our common stock. We determined that historical volatility reflects market conditions and is a good indicator of future volatility. Our expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding and was determined based on our historical experience with similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the stock-based awards and vesting schedules. See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a detailed description.
 
Unaudited Quarterly Financial Results
 
The following tables set forth statement of operations data, in thousands, for the periods indicated. The information for each of these periods is unaudited and has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements included herein and includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our unaudited operations data for the periods presented. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future (in thousands):
 
                                         
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
    Fiscal
 
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Year  
 
2008
                                       
Sales
  $ 92,357     $ 67,364     $ 60,128     $ 47,070     $ 266,919  
Gross profit
  $ 12,060     $ 7,522     $ 5,468     $ 416     $ 25,466  
Net income (loss)
  $ 1,889     $ (162 )   $ (1,928 )   $ (52,216 )   $ (52,417 )
2007
                                       
Sales
  $ 110,792     $ 104,722     $ 95,535     $ 92,758     $ 403,807  
Gross profit
  $ 16,757     $ 15,816     $ 13,370     $ 11,517     $ 57,460  
Net income
  $ 5,185     $ 5,096     $ 3,541     $ 2,071     $ 15,893  
 
Our operating results for fiscal 2008 reflect a downturn in the semiconductor capital equipment industry beginning in the second quarter of 2007.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
With the exception of the Sieger acquisition, which was funded by third-party debt, historically, we have required capital principally to fund our working capital needs, satisfy our debt obligations, maintain our equipment and purchase new capital equipment. As of January 2, 2009, we had cash of $29.6 million compared to $33.4 million as of December 28, 2007.
 
For the year ended January 2, 2009 we generated cash from operating activities of $11.6 million compared to $23.5 million for the year ended December 28, 2007. Operating cash flow in 2008 was unfavorably impacted by our net loss of $52.4 million, a decrease in accounts payable of $25.6 million and an increase in prepaid and other assets of $4.7 million. Operating cash flows were favorably impacted by net non-cash activity of $58.9 million, including changes in and impairment of goodwill and other long-lived assets of $55.2 million, depreciation and amortization of $4.2 million and $1.4 million, respectively, stock-based compensation of $3.5 million and increased net deferred income taxes of $5.2 million, decreases in accounts receivable and inventory of $21.1 million, $9.5 million, respectively, and an increase in current liabilities of $4.7 million.
 
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended January 2, 2009 increased $1.7 million to $9.4 million from $7.9 million in the year ended December 28, 2008 due primarily to our investment in equipment and leasehold improvements in our new Hayward, California facility.


30


Table of Contents

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended January 2, 2009 increased $0.3 million to $6.0 million from $5.7 million in the year ended December 28, 2007. Our use of cash in financing activities was primarily due to payments on short-term and long-term debt of $1.3 million and $2.4 million, respectively, and the repurchase of common stock of $3.3 million (see Note 7 to Consolidated Financial Statements), offset by proceeds from the issuance of common stock from our employee stock compensation plans of $1.2 million.
 
During fiscal 2008, we took steps to reduce our operating costs in line with our declining revenues in the form of factory shutdowns, reductions in headcount and other cost-cutting measures. We will continue to monitor the state of the current economic crisis and its impact on our business and will make additional cost reductions as deemed necessary to align revenues and expenses and ensure we maintain sufficient funds to effectively run the business. We anticipate that our existing cash balances and operating cash flow, together with available borrowings under our credit facility as amended on February 4, 2009 (see “Borrowing Arrangements” below), will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements and technology development projects for at least the next twelve months. The adequacy of these resources to meet our liquidity needs beyond that period will depend on our growth, the state of the worldwide economy, the cyclical expansion or contraction of the semiconductor capital equipment industry and the other industries we serve and capital expenditures required to meet possible increased demand for our products.
 
Borrowing Arrangements
 
In connection with our acquisition of Sieger in the second quarter of 2006, we entered into a borrowing arrangement and a term loan (“Loan Agreement”). The Loan Agreement provided senior secured credit facilities in an aggregate principal amount of up to $32.5 million, consisting of a $25.0 million Revolving Line of Credit and a $7.5 million term loan (“Original Term Loan”). The outstanding balance of the Revolving Line of Credit as of January 2, 2009, was approximately $14.8 million. The balance of our Original Term Loan as of January 2, 2009, was $1.2 million and will expire on June 29, 2009.
 
Interest rates on outstanding loans under the credit facilities ranged from 3.5% to 6.5% per annum during the year ended January 2, 2009 and were 3.5% per annum as of January 2, 2009.
 
We also have a $5.0 million equipment loan that is secured by certain of our equipment and expires May 2011. The interest rate and outstanding balance on the equipment loan was 7.6% and $2.5 million, respectively, as of January 2, 2009.
 
The combined balance outstanding on the Loan Agreement and equipment loan at January 2, 2009 was $18.5 million.
 
On February 4, 2009, the Company amended its Loan Agreement consisting of a reduction of the revolving credit facility from $25.0 million to $20.0 million while extending its maturity to January 29, 2012, and a new $3.0 million three-year term loan, as amended, also maturing on January 29, 2012. The aggregate amount of the revolving credit facility is subject to a borrowing base equal to 80% of eligible accounts receivable and 45% of eligible inventory (total eligible inventory not to exceed $2.5 million) and is secured by substantially all of our assets. The revolving credit facility bears interest per annum at a variable rate equal to the greater of the bank’s stated prime rate or 4% plus a margin of 25 basis points. The new term loan, as amended, bears interest per annum at a variable rate equal to the greater of the bank’s stated prime rate or 4% plus a margin of 75 basis points. The revolving credit facility contains certain reporting and financial covenants, including minimum tangible net worth and liquidity ratios, that must be met on a monthly basis in order for the Company to remain in compliance.
 
Capital Expenditures
 
We made capital expenditures of $9.4 million in the year ended January 2, 2009, $7.7 million of which was used for our new headquarters in Hayward, California and $1.7 million was used for expansion of our facilities in China. Capital expenditures of $7.8 million in the year ended December 28, 2007 was used primarily for facilities expansion in China and the implementation of our new ERP system which went live during the fourth quarter of 2007. Capital expenditures in the year ended December 29, 2006 were $4.0 million, the majority of which was used for domestic cleanroom expansion activities and the purchase and implementation of a new ERP system.


31


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations
 
Other than operating leases for certain equipment and real estate, we have no off-balance sheet transactions, unconditional purchase obligations or similar instruments and, other than the revolving credit facility described above, are not a guarantor of any other entities’ debt or other financial obligations. The following table summarizes our future minimum lease payments and principal payments under debt obligations as of January 2, 2009 (in thousands):
 
                                                         
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     Thereafter     Total  
 
Capital lease
  $ 13     $     $     $     $     $     $ 13  
Operating lease(1)
    3,231       2,494       1,929       1,813       1,920       2,333       13,720  
Borrowing arrangements
    5,748       1,008       443       11,272                   18,471  
Purchase obligations
    5,333                                     5,333  
                                                         
Total(2)
  $ 14,325     $ 3,502     $ 2,372     $ 13,085     $ 1,920     $ 2,333     $ 37,537  
                                                         
 
 
(1) Operating lease expense reflects (a) the lease for our headquarters facility in Hayward, California; (b) the lease for a manufacturing facility in Portland, Oregon that expires on October 31, 2010; (c) the leases for manufacturing facilities in South San Francisco expire in 2009 and 2010; (d) the leases for manufacturing facilities in Austin, Texas that expire in 2010 and 2011. We have options to renew certain of the leases in South San Francisco, which we expect to exercise.
 
(2) We adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN 48), on December 30, 2006. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, we recorded an additional tax liability of $0.4 million to offset the recognition of previously recorded excess tax benefits. Because of the uncertainty surrounding the future payment of these liabilities, the amounts have been excluded from the table above.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
 
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, “ The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles,” (“SFAS No. 162”). SFAS No. 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles to be used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. SFAS No. 162 is effective sixty days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, “ The Meaning of ‘Present fairly in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles ”. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of SFAS No. 162 on its consolidated financial statements, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets”. FSP 142-3 amends the factors an entity should consider in developing renewal or extension assumptions used in determining the useful life of recognized intangible assets under FASB Statement No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” This new guidance applies prospectively to intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets in business combinations and asset acquisitions. FSP 142-3 is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning January 1, 2009. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of the provisions of this statement on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “ Business Combinations ” (“SFAS 141R” and SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 141R changes the accounting for business combinations, including the measurement of acquirer shares issued in consideration for a business combination, the recognition of contingent consideration, the accounting for pre-acquisition gain and loss contingencies, the recognition of capitalized in-process research and development, the accounting for acquisition-related restructuring cost accruals, the treatment of acquisition related transaction costs, and the recognition of changes in the acquirer’s income tax valuation allowance. SFAS 160 will change the accounting and reporting for minority interests, reporting them as equity separate from the parent entity’s equity, as well as requiring expanded disclosures. The provisions of SFAS 141R and SFAS 160 are effective


32


 

for the Company for fiscal years beginning January 1, 2009. The Company is evaluating the provision of these statements on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position 157-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13” (FSP 157-1) and FSP157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157” (FSP 157-2). FSP 157-1 amends SFAS No. 157 to remove certain leasing transactions from its scope, and was effective upon initial adoption of SFAS No. 157. FSP 157-2 delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually), until the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal 2009. The provisions of FSP 157-1 and FSP 157-2 are effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning January 1, 2009. The Company is evaluating the impact of the provisions of this statement on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Market risk represents the risk of changes in value of financial instruments caused by fluctuations in interest rates and foreign exchange rates.
 
Foreign Exchange Rates
 
Currently, a significant majority of our sales and arrangements with third-party suppliers provide for pricing and payment in US dollars, and, therefore, are not subject to material exchange rate fluctuations. Therefore, we do not expect foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations to have a material effect on our results of operations. Increases in the value of the United States’ dollar relative to other currencies would make our products more expensive, which could negatively impact our ability to compete. Conversely, decreases in the value of the US dollar relative to other currencies could result in our suppliers raising their prices in order to continue doing business with us.
 
Interest Rates
 
Our interest rate risk relates primarily to our third party debt which totals $18.5 million and carries interest rates pegged to the LIBOR and PRIME rates. An immediate increase in interest rates of 100 basis points would increase our interest expense by approximately $46,000 per quarter. This would be partially offset by increased interest income on our invested cash. Conversely, an immediate decline of 100 basis points in interest rates would decrease our interest expense by approximately $46,000 per quarter. This would be partially offset by decreased interest income on our invested cash.
 
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
    34  
    35  
    36  
    37  
    38  
    39  


33


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 2, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries at January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 2, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
As discussed in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements, effective December 30, 2006, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of FASB No. 109 .
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2009, and our report dated March 18, 2009 expressed an adverse opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting because of a material weakness.
 
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
San Jose, California
March 18, 2009


34


Table of Contents

Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
                 
    January 2, 2009     December 28, 2007  
    (In thousands, except share amounts)  
 
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 29,620     $ 33,447  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $406 and $287, respectively
    13,790       34,845  
Inventory
    39,814       49,342  
Deferred income taxes
    2,451       3,597  
Prepaid expenses and other
    8,817       4,110  
                 
Total current assets
    94,492       125,341  
                 
Equipment and leasehold improvements, net
    8,954       14,095  
Goodwill
          34,196  
Purchased intangibles, net
    8,987       20,762  
Other non-current assets
    4,978       633  
                 
Total assets
  $ 117,411     $ 195,027  
                 
 
LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Bank borrowings
  $ 5,736     $ 3,575  
Accounts payable
    11,275       36,817  
Accrued compensation and related benefits
    2,320       3,006  
Deferred rent, current portion
    401       33  
Other current liabilities
    1,563       1,412  
                 
Total current liabilities
    21,295       44,843  
                 
Long-term debt
    12,735       18,636  
Deferred and other tax liabilities
          1,031  
Deferred rent and other liabilities
    4,982       1,029  
                 
Total liabilities
    39,012       65,539  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 12)
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock — $0.001 par value, 10,000,000 authorized; none outstanding
           
Common stock — $0.001 par value, 90,000,000 authorized; 21,287,700 and 21,562,836 shares issued and outstanding, in 2008 and 2007, respectively
    93,757       89,092  
Common shares held in treasury, at cost, 601,944 shares and none in 2008 and 2007, respectively
    (3,337 )      
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
    (12,021 )     40,396  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    78,399       129,488  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 117,411     $ 195,027  
                 
 
(See notes to consolidated financial statements)


35


Table of Contents

Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
                         
    Twelve Months Ended  
    January 2, 2009     December 28, 2007     December 29, 2006  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
Sales
  $ 266,919     $ 403,807     $ 337,228  
Cost of goods sold
    241,453       346,347       286,542  
                         
Gross profit
    25,466       57,460       50,686  
                         
Operating expenses:
                       
Research and development
    2,904       2,985       3,051  
Sales and marketing
    5,739       5,914       4,644  
General and administrative
    24,226       25,054       17,657  
Impairment of goodwill
    34,063              
Impairment of long-lived assets
    21,017              
                         
Total operating expenses
    87,949       33,953       25,352  
                         
Income (loss) from operations
    (62,483 )     23,507       25,334  
                         
Interest and other expense, net
    (870 )     (1,797 )     (1,758 )
                         
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (63,353 )     21,710       23,576  
Income tax provision (benefit)
    (10,936 )     5,817       7,266  
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (52,417 )   $ 15,893     $ 16,310  
                         
Net income (loss) per share:
                       
Basic
  $ (2.43 )   $ 0.75     $ 0.85  
Diluted
  $ (2.43 )   $ 0.72     $ 0.83  
Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share
                       
Basic
    21,542       21,293       19,220  
Diluted
    21,542       22,118       19,649  
 
(See notes to consolidated financial statements)


36


Table of Contents

Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
 
                                         
                      Retained
       
                Deferred
    Earnings/
    Total
 
    Common Stock     Stock-based
    (Accumulated
    Stockholders’
 
    Shares     Amount     Compensation     Deficit)     Equity  
    (In thousands, except share amounts)  
 
Balance, December 30, 2005
    16,501,363       46,819       (350 )     8,812       55,281  
Issuance of common stock for business acquisition
    2,599,393       21,071                   21,071  
Sale of common stock
    1,600,000       10,510                   10,510  
Net issuance under employee stock plans, including tax benefits of $1,060
    379,784       2,089                   2,089  
Amortization of stock-based compensation
          1,709       198             1,907  
Net income
                      16,310       16,310  
                                         
Balance, December 29, 2006
    21,080,540       82,198       (152 )     25,122       107,168  
Issuance of restricted common stock
    25,000                          
Net issuance under employee stock plans, including tax benefits of $1,323
    457,296       3,759                   3,759  
Amortization of stock-based compensation
          3,162       125             3,287  
Excess tax benefits recognized under adoption of FIN 48
                      (619 )     (619 )
Net income
                      15,893       15,893  
                                         
Balance, December 28, 2007
    21,562,836     $ 89,119     $ (27 )   $ 40,396     $ 129,488  
Issuance of restricted common stock
    37,500                          
Repurchase of common stock
    (601,944 )     (3,337 )                 (3,337 )
Net issuance under employee stock plans, including tax benefits of $112
    289,308       1,126                   1,126  
Amortization of stock-based compensation
          3,512       27             3,539  
Net loss
                      (52,417 )     (52,417 )
                                         
Balance, January 2, 2009
    21,287,700     $ 90,420     $     $ (12,021 )   $ 78,399  
                                         
 
(See notes to consolidated financial statements)


37


Table of Contents

Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
                         
    Twelve Months Ended  
    January 2,
    December 28,
    December 29,
 
    2009     2007     2006  
          (In thousands)        
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (52,417 )   $ 15,893     $ 16,310  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    5,599       4,375       3,871  
Deferred income tax
    (5,225 )     (903 )     (2,002 )
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation
    112       (1,323 )     (1,060 )
Stock-based compensation
    3,539       3,287       1,907  
Changes in and impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets
    55,214              
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable
    21,055       9,698       (10,719 )
Inventory
    9,528       (1,933 )     (14,073 )
Prepaid expenses and other
    (5,029 )     (266 )     145  
Other non-current assets
    333       112       53  
Accounts payable
    (25,562 )     (772 )     8,749  
Accrued compensation and related benefits
    (686 )     (1,015 )     1,524  
Income taxes payable
    322       (4,921 )     2,944  
Other current liabilities
    4,799       1,288       36  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    11,582       23,520       7,685  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchases of equipment and leasehold improvements
    (9,448 )     (7,707 )     (3,941 )
Proceeds from sale of equipment
          27        
Net cash used in acquisition
          (46 )     (32,353 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (9,448 )     (7,726 )     (36,294 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Principal payments on capital lease obligations
    (12 )     (67 )     (45 )
Proceeds from bank borrowings
                31,991  
Principal payments on short-term debt
    (1,315 )            
Principal payments on long-term debt
    (2,425 )     (9,353 )     (3,278 )
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation
    (112 )     1,323       1,060  
Repurchase of common stock
    (3,337 )            
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    1,240       2,429       11,539  
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (5,961 )     (5,668 )     41,267  
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash
    (3,827 )     10,126       12,658  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    33,447       23,321       10,663  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 29,620     $ 33,447     $ 23,321  
                         
Supplemental cash flow information:
                       
Income taxes paid
  $ 1,100     $ 10,249     $ 5,256  
Interest paid
  $ 1,175     $ 2,242     $ 1,307  
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
                       
Restricted stock issued
  $ 394     $ 335     $  
Common stock issued in acquisition
  $     $     $ 21,071  
Fixed asset purchases included in accounts payable
  $ 20     $ 6     $ 92  
 
(See notes to consolidated financial statements)


38


Table of Contents

Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
1.   Organization and Significant Accounting Policies
 
Organization  — Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) is a developer and supplier of critical delivery subsystems, primarily for the semiconductor capital equipment industry, producing primarily gas delivery systems and other critical subsystems, including chemical mechanical planarization (CMP) subsystems, chemical delivery modules, frame and top plate assemblies and process modules. The Company also leverages the specialized skill sets required to support semiconductor capital equipment to serve the technologically similar markets in the flat panel, solar and medical device industries. The Company’s products improve efficiency and reduce the costs of our customers’ design and manufacturing processes. The Company’s customers are primarily original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) of semiconductor capital equipment. On June 29, 2006, the Company completed the acquisition of Sieger Engineering, Inc. (“Sieger”) which was renamed UCT-Sieger Engineering LLC (“UCT-Sieger”).
 
Basis of Presentation  — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. This financial information reflects all adjustments which are, in the opinion of the Company, normal, recurring and necessary to present fairly the statements of financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the dates and periods presented.
 
Use of Accounting Estimates  — The presentation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes are reasonable under the circumstances. However, future events are subject to change and the best estimates and judgments routinely require adjustment. Actual amounts may differ from those estimates.
 
Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties  — The Company operates in a dynamic industry and, accordingly, can be affected by a variety of factors. For example, any of the following areas could have a negative effect on the Company in terms of its future financial position, results of operations or cash flows: the general state of the US and world economies, the highly cyclical nature of the industries the company serves; the loss of any of a small number of customers; ability to obtain additional financing; pursuing acquisition opportunities; regulatory changes; fundamental changes in the technology underlying semiconductor, flat panel, solar and medical device manufacturing processes or manufacturing equipment; the hiring, training and retention of key employees; successful and timely completion of product design efforts; and new product design introductions by competitors.
 
Concentration of Credit Risk  — Financial instruments which subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company sells its products primarily to semiconductor capital equipment manufacturers in the United States. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally requires no collateral.
 
The Company had significant sales to four customers:   Applied Materials, Inc., Intuitive Surgical, Inc., Lam Research Corporation and Novellus Systems, Inc., three of which accounted for 10% or more of sales for the year ended January 2, 2009. Sales to each of these customers as a percentage of total sales were as follows:
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Customer A
    51 %     43 %     40 %
Customer B
    20 %     29 %     32 %
Customer C
    7 %     11 %     14 %
Customer D
    10 %     4 %     2 %
                         
Total
    88 %     88 %     88 %


39


Table of Contents

 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
These four significant customers represented a combined total of 80% of accounts receivable at January 2, 2009, three of whose individual accounts receivable balances were greater than 10%.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments  — Our financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and bank borrowings. The carrying value of these instruments approximates their fair value because of their short-term nature.
 
Fiscal Year  — The Company uses a 52-53 week fiscal year ending on the Friday nearest December 31. All references to quarters refer to fiscal quarters and all references to years refer to fiscal years.
 
Inventories  — Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost (which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis) or market. The Company evaluates the valuation of all inventories, including raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods and spare parts on a periodic basis. Obsolete inventory or inventory in excess of management’s estimated usage is written-down to its estimated market value less costs to sell, if less than its cost. Inherent in the estimates of market value are management’s estimates related to economic trends, future demand for products, and technological obsolescence of the Company’s products.
 
Inventory write downs inherently involve judgments as to assumptions about expected future demand and the impact of market conditions on those assumptions. Although the Company believes that the assumptions it used in estimating inventory write downs are reasonable, significant changes in any one of the assumptions in the future could produce a significantly different result. There can be no assurances that future events and changing market conditions will not result in significant increases in inventory write downs.
 
At January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007, inventory balances were $39.8 million and $49.3 million, respectively, net of write-downs of $4.3 million and $4.3 million, respectively. The inventory write-downs are recorded as an inventory valuation allowance established on the basis of obsolete inventory or specific identified inventory in excess of estimated usage.
 
Equipment and Leasehold Improvements  — Equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, or, in the case of equipment under capital leases, the present value of future minimum lease payments at inception of the related lease. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the terms of the leases. Useful lives range from three to fifteen years.
 
Product Warranty  — The Company provides a warranty on its products for a period of up to two years, and provides for warranty costs at the time of sale based on historical activity. The determination of such provisions requires the Company to make estimates of product return rates and expected costs to repair or replace the products under warranty. If actual return rates and/or repair and replacement costs differ significantly from these estimates, adjustments to recognize additional cost of sales may be required in future periods. The warranty reserve is included in other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. Warranty cost activity consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    January 2,
    December 28,
    December 29,
 
    2009     2007     2006  
 
Beginning Balance
  $ 220     $ 344     $ 76  
Adjustment for acquisition
                214  
Additions related to sales
    136       109       376  
Warranty costs incurred
    (192 )     (233 )     (322 )
                         
Ending Balance
  $ 164     $ 220     $ 344  
                         
 
Income Taxes  — Income taxes are reported under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (“SFAS 109”) and, accordingly, deferred taxes are recognized using the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequence


40


Table of Contents

 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax base, and operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. Valuation allowances are provided if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be recognized.
 
The calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. The Company records liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on its estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes may be due. Actual tax liabilities may be different than the recorded estimates and could result in an additional charge or benefit to the tax provision in the period when the ultimate tax assessment is determined.
 
Stock-based compensation and deferred stock-based compensation
 
The Company maintains stock-based compensation plans which allow for the issuance of equity-based awards to executives and certain employees. These equity-based awards include stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units. The Company also maintains an employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) that provides for the issuance of shares to all eligible employees of the Company at a discounted price.
 
The Company applies the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123(R). Stock-based compensation expense from stock options and the related income tax benefit from the expense recognized under SFAS 123(R) were $3.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, for the year ended January 2, 2009, and $3.0 million and $0.8 million, respectively, for the year ended December 28, 2007. The estimated fair value of the Company’s equity-based awards, net of expected forfeitures, is amortized over the awards’ vesting period on a straight-line basis over a weighted average period of four years and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures and future option grants.
 
Determining Fair Value
 
Valuation and amortization method.   The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option valuation model and a single option award approach. All options are amortized over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods, and are amortized using the straight-line basis method.
 
Expected term.   The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that they are expected to be outstanding. The Company estimates the expected term of options granted based on historical exercise patterns, which the Company believes are representative of future behavior.
 
Expected volatility.   The Company estimates the volatility of its common stock in the Black-Scholes option valuation at the date of grant based on historical volatility rates over the expected term.
 
Risk-free interest rate.   The Company bases the risk-free interest rate in the Black-Scholes option valuation model on the implied yield in effect at the time of option grant on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with equivalent remaining term.
 
Dividend yield.   The Company has never paid any cash dividends on its common stock and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, the Company uses an expected dividend yield of 0.0% in the Black-Scholes option valuation model.
 
Forfeiture rate.   SFAS No. 123(R) requires the Company to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and records share-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.
 
The exercise price of each stock option equals the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. The weighted average estimated fair value of employee stock option grants for the years ended January 2, 2009, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006 was $4.71, $7.26 and $4.41, respectively. Most options are scheduled to


41


Table of Contents

 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
vest over four years and expire no later than ten years from the grant date. The fair value for the options granted during the years ended January 2, 2009, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006 was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted average assumptions used in the model are outlined in the following table:
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    January 2,
    December 28,
    December 29,
 
    2009     2007     2006  
 
Dividend yield
    0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
Expected volatility
    50.0 %     50.0 %     50.0 %
Risk-free interest rate
    2.8 %     4.25 %     4.9 %
Expected life (in years)
    5.0       5.0       4.9  
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s restricted stock units and restricted stock awards activity for the year ended January 2, 2009 (in thousands):
 
                 
          Weighted Average
 
    Number of
    Grant Date Fair
 
    Shares     Value(1)  
 
Unvested at December 28, 2007
    41        
                 
Granted
    492        
Vested
    (41 )      
Forfeited
    (44 )      
                 
Unvested at January 2, 2009
    448        
                 
 
 
(1) There is no weighted fair value associated with these restricted stock awards.
 
During the years ended January 2, 2009, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, the Company recorded $3.0 million, $2.4 million, and $1.3 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense, net of tax, associated with employee and director stock plans and employee stock purchase plan programs. As of January 2, 2009, there was $4.8 million, net of forfeitures of $2.7 million, of unrecognized compensation cost related to employee and director stock which is expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average period of approximately three years, and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures and future option grants.
 
Total stock-based compensation during the years ended January 2, 2009, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively, to various operating expense categories was as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    January 2,
    December 28,
    December 29,
 
    2009     2007     2006  
 
Cost of goods sold(1)
  $ 1,009     $ 915     $ 376  
Sales and marketing
    246       203       111  
Research and development
    87       111       81  
General and administrative
    2,197       2,073       1,339  
                         
      3,539       3,302       1,907  
Income tax benefit
    (612 )     (885 )     (586 )
                         
Net stock-based compensation expense
  $ 2,927     $ 2,417     $ 1,321  
                         
 
 
(1) As of January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007, there were no stock-based compensation expenses capitalized in inventory.


42


Table of Contents

 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
In accordance with SFAS 123(R), the cash flows resulting from excess tax benefits (tax benefits related to the excess of proceeds from employee’s exercises of stock options over the stock-based compensation cost recognized for those options) are classified as financing cash flows. During the year ended January 2, 2009, we recorded $0.1 million of excess tax benefits as a financing cash inflow.
 
Impairment of Goodwill and Other Long-lived Assets  — Purchased intangibles consist of tradenames and customer relationships acquired as part of a purchase business combination.
 
As part of the Sieger acquisition in June 2006, the Company allocated the purchase price to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The intangible assets acquired from Sieger are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of six months to 10.7 years.
 
Ultra Clean Technology Systems and Service, Inc. was founded in 1991 by Mitsubishi Corporation and was operated as a subsidiary of Mitsubishi until November 2002, when it was acquired by the Company. As part of the Ultra Clean Technology Systems and Services acquisition in November 2002, the Company allocated the purchase price to the tangible and intangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and in-process research and development based on their estimated fair values. Such valuations required management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets.
 
Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, but are not limited to: future expected cash flows from customer contracts; acquired developed technologies and patents; expected costs to develop the in-process research and development into commercially viable products and estimated cash flows from the projects when completed; the market position of the acquired products; and assumptions about the period of time the tradename will continue to be used in the Company’s product portfolio. Based upon these estimates, the tradename asset was assigned an indefinite life.
 
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations , and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets requires that all business combinations be accounted for under the purchase method and addresses the initial recognition and measurement of goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather tested for impairment. The provisions of SFAS No. 142 require an annual goodwill impairment test or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill, the provisions of SFAS No. 142 require the application of a fair value based test at the reporting unit level. The Company operates in one reporting segment which has one reporting unit. Therefore, all goodwill is considered enterprise goodwill and the first step of the impairment test prescribed by SFAS No. 142 requires a comparison of fair value to book value of the Company. If the estimated fair value of the Company is less than the book value, SFAS No. 142 requires an estimate of the fair value of all identifiable assets and liabilities of the business, in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation for an acquired business. This estimate requires valuations of certain internally generated and unrecognized intangible assets such as in-process research and development and developed technology. Potential goodwill impairment is measured based upon this two-step process. In the event that the Company determines that the value of goodwill has become impaired, the Company will incur an accounting charge for the amount of impairment during the period in which such determination is made.
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , the Company evaluates the impairment of long-lived assets, based on the projection of undiscounted cash flows whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such assets may not be recoverable. The Company assesses the recoverability of an asset group by determining whether the carrying value exceeds the sum of the projected undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and the eventual disposition of the assets over the remaining useful life of the asset group. If the recoverability test indicates that the carrying value of the asset group is not recoverable, the Company will estimate the fair value of the asset group and compare it to its carrying value. The excess of the carrying value over the fair value is allocated pro rata to derive the


43


Table of Contents

 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
adjusted carrying value. The adjusted carrying value of each asset in the asset group is not reduced below its fair value.
 
Management performed the annual impairment test of its goodwill and long-lived assets as of January 2, 2009, and determined that goodwill was impaired during the quarter ended January 2, 2009. As a result, impairment charges to goodwill and long-lived assets of $34.1 million and $21.0 million, respectively, were recorded. See additional disclosure of these analyses in Note 4 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements including the impairment charges recorded during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008.
 
The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill or long-lived assets is subjective and requires significant judgment on matters such as, but not limited to, the reporting unit at which goodwill should be measured for impairment and the asset group to be tested for recoverability. The Company is also required to make estimates that may significantly impact the outcome of the analyses. Such estimates include, but are not limited to, future operating performance and cash flows, cost of capital, terminal values, control premiums and remaining economic lives of assets.
 
Revenue Recognition  — Product revenue is generally recorded upon shipment. In arrangements which specify title transfer upon delivery, revenue is not recognized until the product is delivered. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, shipment has occurred, price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. If the Company has not substantially completed a product or fulfilled the terms of a sales agreement at the time of shipment, revenue recognition is deferred until completion. Our standard arrangement for our customers includes a signed purchase order or contract, no right of return of delivered products and no customer acceptance provisions.
 
The Company assesses collectability based on the credit worthiness of the customer and past transaction history. The Company performs on-going credit evaluations of customers and does not require collateral from customers.
 
Research and Development Costs  — Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.
 
Net Income(loss) per Share  — Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and common equivalent shares from dilutive stock options and restricted stock using the treasury stock method, except when anti-dilutive (see Note 9 to Consolidated Financial Statements).
 
Comprehensive Income  — In accordance with SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income , the Company reports by major components and as a single total, the change in its net assets during the period from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income (loss) for all periods presented was the same as net income (loss).
 
SFAS 131, Disclosure about Segments in an Enterprise and Related Information (“SFAS 131”), establishes standards for the reporting by public business enterprises of information about reportable segments, products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. The method for determining what information to report is based on the manner in which management organizes the reportable segments within the Company for making operational decisions and assessments of financial performance. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker is considered to be the Chief Executive Officer. The Company operates in one reporting segment.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards  — In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, “ The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles,” (“SFAS No. 162”). SFAS No. 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles to be used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. SFAS No. 162 is effective sixty days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, “ The Meaning of ‘Present fairly in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles ”. The Company is currently evaluating the potential


44


Table of Contents

 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
impact, if any, of the adoption of SFAS No. 162 on its consolidated financial statements, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets”. FSP 142-3 amends the factors an entity should consider in developing renewal or extension assumptions used in determining the useful life of recognized intangible assets under FASB Statement No. 142, “ Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. ” This new guidance applies prospectively to intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets in business combinations and asset acquisitions. FSP 142-3 is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning January 1, 2009. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of the provisions of this statement on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “ Business Combinations ” (“SFAS 141R” and SFAS No. 160, “ Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements  — an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 141R changes the accounting for business combinations, including the measurement of acquirer shares issued in consideration for a business combination, the recognition of contingent consideration, the accounting for pre-acquisition gain and loss contingencies, the recognition of capitalized in-process research and development, the accounting for acquisition-related restructuring cost accruals, the treatment of acquisition related transaction costs, and the recognition of changes in the acquirer’s income tax valuation allowance. SFAS 160 will change the accounting and reporting for minority interests, reporting them as equity separate from the parent entity’s equity, as well as requiring expanded disclosures. The provisions of SFAS 141R and SFAS 160 are effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning January 1, 2009. The Company is evaluating the provision of these statements on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position 157-1, Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13 (FSP 157-1) and FSP157-2, “ Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 (FSP 157-2). FSP 157-1 amends SFAS No. 157 to remove certain leasing transactions from its scope, and was effective upon initial adoption of SFAS No. 157. FSP 157-2 delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually), until the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal 2009. The provisions of FSP 157-1 and FSP 157-2 are effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning January 1, 2009. The Company is evaluating the impact of the provisions of this statement on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
2.   Acquisition
 
In June 2006, the Company acquired Sieger, a supplier of CMP modules and other critical subsystems to the semiconductor, solar and flat panel capital equipment industries. The total purchase price was approximately $53.5 million and was comprised of cash consideration of $32.4 million, including acquisition costs of $1.4 million, and stock consideration of $21.1 million. In accordance with EITF 99-12, “Determination of the Measurement Date for the Market Price of Acquirer Securities Issued in a Purchase Business Combination” , the Company valued the common stock consideration based on the average closing sales price on the NASDAQ Global Market for two days before and two days after June 29, 2006, which was both the Company’s announcement date and transaction date for the acquisition.


45


Table of Contents

 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The Company accounted for the acquisition of Sieger as a business combination and the operating results of Sieger have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
Tangible assets, net
          $ 10,894          
Customer lists
            13,800          
Tradename
            800          
Goodwill
            27,957          
                         
Total
          $ 53,451          
                         
 
The Company recognized amortization expense related to purchased intangibles of approximately $1.4 million, $1.4 million and $1.5 million for the years ended January 2, 2009, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively. The weighted average useful life of customer lists was determined to be 10.7 years. The weighted average useful life of the tradename was determined to be six months and therefore was fully amortized by December 29, 2006.
 
Pro Forma Results  — The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined results of operations of the Company and UCT-Sieger as if the acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of the period presented. The unaudited pro forma financial information is not intended to represent or be indicative of the consolidated results of operations or financial condition of the Company that would have been reported had the acquisition been completed as of the dates presented, and should not be taken as being representative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial condition of the Company (in thousands):
 
         
    Year Ended
 
    December 29,
 
    2006  
 
Sales
  $ 396,610  
Net income
  $ 18,825  
Basic net income per share
  $ 0.92  
Diluted net income per share
  $ 0.90  
 
3.   Balance Sheet Information
 
Inventory consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    January 2,
    December 28,
 
    2009     2007  
 
Raw materials
  $ 32,464     $ 35,625  
Work in process
    10,008       15,449  
Finished goods
    1,672       2,556  
                 
      44,144       53,630  
Reserve for obsolescence
    (4,330 )     (4,288 )
                 
Total
  $ 39,814     $ 49,342  
                 


46


Table of Contents

 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Equipment and leasehold improvements, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    January 2,
    December 28,
 
    2009     2007  
 
Computer equipment and software
  $ 5,858     $ 6,980  
Furniture and fixtures
    425       622  
Machinery and equipment
    5,368       8,274  
Leasehold improvements
    10,893       8,221  
                 
      22,544       24,097  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (13,590 )     (10,002 )
                 
Total
  $ 8,954     $ 14,095  
                 
 
4.   Impairment of Goodwill and Long-lived Assets
 
Goodwill
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 142, the Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and, more frequently if required, should events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of goodwill below its carrying value.
 
As part of our annual review for impairment of goodwill during the quarter ended January 2, 2009, we determined that a significant adverse change to our business environment had occurred, which required that we evaluate the carrying value of our goodwill for impairment. We made this determination as evidenced from a sustained deterioration in our market capitalization and the general business environment. Our key customers reduced their financial outlook and/or otherwise disclosed that they were experiencing very challenging market conditions with little visibility of any recovery in the foreseeable future. In response to these adverse business indicators and the rapidly declining revenue trends experienced during our fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we reduced our near-term and long-term financial projections. Consequently, we performed an analysis of goodwill for impairment, and of the recoverability and impairment of long-lived assets, in accordance with the guidance in SFAS No. 142.
 
In the review of goodwill for impairment, the Company followed the two-step method described in SFAS No. 142. In step one, the Company determined and compared the fair value of its reporting unit with its respective carrying value, including goodwill. The analysis indicated that the carrying value as of January 2, 2009 exceeded its fair value. The Company then continued to step two of the analysis, estimating the fair values of all assets and liabilities. The fair value was then allocated to the fair values of the identified assets and liabilities to determine the implied fair value of goodwill.
 
We estimated the fair value of our reporting unit using two valuation techniques — discounted cash flow model (income approach) and a market approach. Under the income approach, we assumed a forecasted cash flow of five years with a discount rate of 15.3% and a terminal value growth rate of 5%. Under the market approach we utilized a price based on an actively negotiated potential equity investment transaction. Additionally, we compared the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to the Company’s overall capitalization. We concluded that under the income or the market approach the fair value of the reporting unit was below its carrying value.
 
Based on the review described above the Company recorded impairment charges of $34.1 million for goodwill.


47


Table of Contents

 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The change in the carrying amount of goodwill during the year ended January 2, 2009 is as follows (in thousands):
 
         
    Net
 
    Carrying
 
    Amount  
 
Goodwill, as of December 28, 2007
  $ 34,196  
FIN 48 adjustment
    (133 )
Impairment
    (34,063 )
         
Goodwill, as of January 2, 2009
  $  
         
 
Long-lived Assets (Other intangible assets, property and equipment and leasehold improvements)
 
In connection with completing our goodwill impairment analysis the Company reviewed its other long-lived assets, including property, equipment and leasehold improvements and other intangible assets that are subject to amortization for recoverability. The assessment of recoverability is based on management’s estimates of probability weighted undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the use and disposition of the long-lived asset groups over the remaining economic lives as compared to their carrying value to determine recoverability. Our asset group related to assets acquired as a result of the acquisition of Sieger (Sieger Group) was determined not to be recoverable. Our other asset group was determined to be recoverable. The Company estimated the fair value of the Sieger Group using the income approach. Under the income approach, we assumed a probability weighted forecasted cash flow for a period of 8.5 years with a discount rate of 15.3%.
 
Based on its analysis of impairment, the Company recorded impairment charges of $21.1 million, consisting of $10.4 million of the remaining net carrying value of its Customer List purchased intangible as well as $10.7 million of certain equipment and leasehold improvements. In addition, the Company assessed the useful lives of its remaining property, plant and equipment post-impairment and determined that they were reasonable.
 
The following tables provide a summary of the carrying amounts of purchased intangibles (in thousands):
 
                                         
    Gross
                Net
    Weighted
 
    Carrying
    Accumulated
          Carrying
    Average
 
    Amount     Amortization     Impairment     Amount     Years  
 
Year Ended January 2, 2009
                                       
Customer List
  $ 13,800     $ (3,375 )   $ (10,425 )   $          
Tradenames
    9,787       (800 )           8,987       *  
                                         
Total
  $ 23,587     $ (4,175 )   $ (10,425 )   $ 8,987          
                                         
Year Ended December 28, 2007
                                       
Customer List
  $ 13,800     $ (2,025 )   $     $ 11,775       10.7  
Tradenames
    9,787       (800 )           8,987       *  
                                         
Total
  $ 23,587     $ (2,825 )   $     $ 20,762          
                                         
 
 
* Tradename associated with UCT-Sieger had an average life of six months and, as of December 29, 2006, had been fully amortized. Tradename associated with Ultra Clean Technology Systems and Service, Inc. has an indefinite life.
 
Amortization expense related to purchased intangibles was $1.4 million, $1.4 million and $1.5 million in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, respectively. As a result of the impairment of entire remaining carrying value of Customer List in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, there will be no future amortization of intangibles.


48


Table of Contents

 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
5.   Debt and Lease Obligations
 
In connection with our acquisition of Sieger in the second quarter of 2006, we entered into a borrowing arrangement and a term loan (“Loan Agreement”). The Loan Agreement provided senior secured credit facilities in an aggregate principal amount of up to $32.5 million, consisting of a $25.0 million Revolving Line of Credit and a $7.5 million term loan (“Original Term Loan”). The outstanding balance of the Revolving Line of Credit as of January 2, 2009, was approximately $14.8 million. The balance of our Original Term Loan as of January 2, 2009, was $1.2 million and will expire on June 29, 2009.
 
Interest rates on outstanding loans under the credit facilities ranged from 3.5% to 6.5% per annum during the year ended January 2, 2009 and were 3.5% per annum as of January 2, 2009.
 
The Company also has a $5.0 million equipment loan that is secured by certain of its equipment and expires May 2011. The interest rate and outstanding balance on the equipment loan was 7.6% and $2.5 million, respectively, as of January 2, 2009.
 
The combined balance outstanding on the Loan Agreement and equipment loan at January 2, 2009 was $18.5 million.
 
On February 4, 2009, the Company amended its Loan Agreement consisting of a reduction of the revolving credit facility from $25.0 million to $20.0 million while extending its maturity to January 29, 2012, and a new $3.0 million three-year term loan, as amended, also maturing on January 29, 2012. The aggregate amount of the revolving credit facility is subject to a borrowing base equal to 80% of eligible accounts receivable and 45% of eligible inventory (total eligible inventory not to exceed $2.5 million) and is secured by substantially all of our assets. The revolving credit facility bears interest per annum at a variable rate equal to the greater of the bank’s stated prime rate or 4% plus a margin of 25 basis points. The new term loan, as amended, bears interest per annum at a variable rate equal to the greater of the bank’s stated prime rate or 4% plus a margin of 75 basis points. The revolving credit facility contains certain reporting and financial covenants, including minimum tangible net worth and liquidity ratios, that must be met on a monthly basis in order for the Company to remain in compliance.
 
The Company leases certain equipment under capital lease arrangements. In addition, the Company leases its corporate and regional offices as well as some of its office equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. The Company has a renewal option for its leased facilities in South San Francisco, Hayward and Sacramento, California; Austin, Texas; Tualatin, Oregon; and Shanghai, China.
 
The following table summarizes our future minimum lease payments and principal payments under debt obligations as of January 2, 2009 (in thousands):
 
                                                         
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     Thereafter     Total  
 
Capital lease
  $ 13     $     $     $     $     $     $ 13  
Operating lease(1)
    3,231       2,494       1,929       1,813       1,920       2,333       13,720  
Borrowing arrangements
    5,748       1,008       443       11,272                   18,471  
                                                         
Total
  $ 8,992     $ 3,502     $ 2,372     $ 13,085     $ 1,920     $ 2,333     $ 32,204  
                                                         
 
 
(1) Operating lease expense reflects (a) the lease for our headquarters facility in Hayward, California; (b) the lease for a manufacturing facility in Portland, Oregon that expires on October 31, 2010; (c) the leases for manufacturing facilities in South San Francisco expire in 2009 and 2010; (d) the leases for manufacturing facilities in Austin, Texas that expire in 2010 and 2011. We have options to renew certain of the leases in South San Francisco, which we expect to exercise.
 
The cost of equipment under the capital leases included in property and equipment at January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007, was approximately $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively. Net book value of leased equipment at January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007, was approximately $12,000 and $23,000, respectively.


49


Table of Contents

 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Rental expense for the years ended January 2, 2009, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006 was approximately $3.3 million, $2.9 million and $2.0 million, respectively. Included within deferred rent and other liabilities in 2008 and 2007 were $4.9 million and $0.0 of deferred rent, respectively.
 
6.   Income Taxes
 
The provision for taxes on income consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    January 2,
    December 28,
    December 29,
 
    2009     2007     2006  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ (6,530 )   $ 5,220     $ 7,389  
State
    42       1,512       1,934  
Foreign
    313              
                         
Total current
    (6,175 )     6,732       9,323  
                         
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    (3,681 )     (867 )     (2,111 )
State
    (1,050 )     (48 )     54  
Foreign
    (30 )            
                         
Total deferred
    (4,761 )     (915 )     (2,057 )
                         
Total provision
  $ (10,936 )   $ 5,817     $ 7,266  
                         
 
Significant components of net deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities for federal and state income taxes were as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    Year Ended  
    January 2,
    December 28,
 
    2009     2007  
 
Net current deferred tax asset:
               
Inventory valuation and basis difference
  $ 1,962     $ 2,390  
Other accrued expenses
    489       740  
State taxes
          467  
                 
      2,451       3,597  
                 
Net non-current deferred tax liability (asset):
               
Deferred rent
    261       (29 )
Other accrued expenses
    2,317       (1,744 )
Depreciation
    2,135       (2,162 )
Net operating losses
    888        
State taxes
    (689 )     380  
Purchased intangibles
          4,587  
                 
      4,912       1,031  
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 7,363     $ 2,566  
                 


50


Table of Contents

 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The effective tax rate differs from the federal statutory tax rate as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    January 2,
    December 28,
    December 29,
 
    2009     2007     2006  
 
Federal income tax provision at statutory rate
    (35.0 )%     35.0 %     35.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
    (3.6 )%     4.0 %     4.4 %
Effect of foreign operations
    0.3 %     (11.3 )%     (7.4 )%
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets
    20.7 %            
Exempt income
    (— )%     (— )%     (2.5 )%
Other
    0.3 %     (0.9 )%     1.3 %
                         
Effective income tax rate
    (17.3 )%     26.8 %     30.8 %
                         
 
All foreign earnings are considered to be permanently reinvested under APB Opinion No. 23, “Accounting for Income Taxes — Special Areas”.
 
The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN 48), on December 30, 2006. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recorded a long-term tax liability of $827,000 for the recognition of excess tax benefits, which was accounted for as a decrease of $619,000 in retained earnings, including interest of $67,000, and an increase of $208,000 in goodwill as of December 30, 2006. The increase in goodwill is the result of certain tax benefits related to the acquisition of Ultra Clean Technologies and Services in 2002.
 
De-recognition in future periods of amounts recorded upon adoption of FIN 48, will result in an income tax benefit. The Company does not currently believe that the recognized tax benefit will change significantly within the next twelve months. There was no impact on the Company’s estimated effective tax rate for 2008 as a result of the adoption of FIN 48.
 
The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):
 
         
Balance as of December 28, 2007
  $ 750  
Increases related to current year tax positions
    34  
Settlement of tax
     
Expiration of the statute of limitations for the assessment of taxes
    (356 )
         
Balance as of January 2, 2009
  $ 428  
         
 
The Company’s 2005 state income tax return is currently under examination by the California Franchise Tax Board (“CFTB”) and the Company’s 2006 tax return is currently under examination by the CFTB and the Internal Revenue Service. The Company is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service for fiscal year 2007 and the Company’s state income tax returns are open to audit under the statute of limitations for the fiscal years 2005 through 2007.
 
7.   Stockholders’ Equity
 
Common Stock  — On March 24, 2004, the Company sold 6,000,000 shares of its common stock at a price to the public of $7.00 per share in an initial public offering (“IPO”). After deducting the underwriting discount of $0.49 per share, the net proceeds to the Company were approximately $39.1 million. Of the net proceeds, approximately $31.1 million was used to redeem the Company’s outstanding Series A Senior Notes plus accrued interest.


51


Table of Contents

 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
On April 21, 2004, as part of the Company’s IPO, FP-Ultra Clean, L.L.C., the Company’s principal stockholder sold 720,350 shares of the Company’s common stock in connection with the exercise by the underwriters of an over-allotment option. The Company did not receive any of the proceeds from the exercise of the over-allotment option.
 
On March 9, 2006, the Company sold 1,600,000 shares of its common stock to the public in a secondary offering. After deducting the underwriting discount and other costs of the offering, the net proceeds to the Company were approximately $10.5 million. As of December 31, 2006, FP-Ultra Clean’s ownership of the Company was approximately 9.5%.
 
On June 29, 2006, as part of the acquisition of Sieger Inc., the Company issued 2,471,907 shares of its common stock valued at approximately $20.1 million. On November 13, 2006, the company issued 127,486 additional shares of its common stock valued at approximately $1.0 million as part of the acquisition of Sieger Inc. As of December 28, 2007, FP-Ultra Clean’s ownership of the Company was 0.0%.
 
Stock Repurchase Plan — On July 24, 2008, the Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program for up to $10.0 million. The Company commenced the repurchase of its common stock on August 4, 2008, the total number of shares repurchased and related cost of the stock repurchase program were 601,994 shares at a cost of $3,337,000, or an average cost of $5.54 per share.
 
8.   Employee Benefit Plans
 
Stock Options  — On February 20, 2003, the Company adopted the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2003 Incentive Plan”) which was subsequently amended and restated. The Company has reserved 4,515,239 shares of its common stock for issuance under the 2003 Incentive Plan, as amended and restated. The 2003 Incentive Plan provides for the issuance of options and other stock-based awards. Options are generally granted at fair value at the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors, have terms up to ten years and generally vest over four years. At January 2, 2009, 729,115 shares were available for future grants under the 2003 Incentive Plan.
 
Option activity under the 2003 Incentive Plan is as follows:
 
                                 
                Weighted
       
          Weighted
    Average
       
          Average
    Remaining
    Aggregate
 
          Exercise
    Contractual
    Intrinsic
 
    Shares     Price     Life     Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
Outstanding, December 30, 2005
    2,120,437       4.17       8.25     $ 6,546  
                                 
Granted
    1,258,500       9.02                  
Exercised
    (373,296 )     2.44                  
Cancelled
    (89,497 )     6.72                  
                                 
Outstanding, December 29, 2006
    2,916,144       6.41       8.29     $ 17,543  
                                 
Granted
    530,100       14.79                  
Exercised
    (440,861 )     5.02                  
Cancelled
    (77,547 )     10.31                  
                                 
Outstanding, December 28, 2007
    2,927,836     $ 8.03       7.70     $ 13,597  
                                 
Granted
    102,000       8.83                  
Exercised
    (241,976 )     4.33                  
Cancelled
    (644,128 )     9.70                  
                                 
Outstanding, January 2, 2009
    2,143,732     $ 7.99       6.65     $ 360  
                                 


52


Table of Contents

 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following table summarizes information with respect to options outstanding and exercisable at January 2, 2009:
 
                                         
          Weighted
                   
          Average
    Weighted
          Weighted
 
          Remaining
    Average
          Average
 
    Shares
    Average
    Exercise
    Shares
    Exercise
 
Range of Exercise Price
  Outstanding     Life (Years)     Price     Exercisable     Price  
 
$1.00–3.99
    360,061       4.16     $ 1.00       360,061     $ 1.00  
$4.00–6.99
    563,918       6.33       6.49       503,395       6.49  
$7.00–7.99
    222,181       5.85       7.03       201,556       7.02  
$8.00–8.99
    424,199       7.41       8.46       270,816       8.49  
$9.00–17.90
    573,373       8.26       13.86       235,280       14.14  
                                         
Grand Total
    2,143,732       6.65     $ 7.99       1,571,108     $ 6.79  
                                         
 
Restricted Stock Units and Restricted Stock Awards — On November 26, 2002, the Company granted 268,525 shares of common stock to certain key employees and on March 1, 2004, the Company granted 62,500 shares of common stock to a board member under the 2003 Incentive Plan. These restricted shares vested, in equal installments, over a four year period from the date of grant. On May 31, 2007, the Company granted 25,000 shares of common stock to its board members under the 2003 Incentive Plan. These restricted shares vested 365 days from the date of grant. On May 31, 2008, the Company issued 37,500 shares of restricted stock awards to its outside directors. These shares fully vest on the one year anniversary of the date of grant. The total unamortized expense of the Company’s unvested restricted stock awards as of January 2, 2009, is $0.2 million.
 
During the first quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company began granting Restricted Stock Units (RSU’s) to employees as part of the Company’s long term equity compensation plan. These RSU’s are granted to employees with a per share or unit purchase price of zero dollars and either have time based or performance based vesting. RSU’s typically vest over three years, subject to the employee’s continued service with the Company. Certain of these RSU’s vest only if specific performance goals set by the Compensation Committee are achieved. For purposes of determining compensation expense related to these RSU’s, the fair value is determined based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of award and, for performance shares, expense recognition begins once management determines it is probable that the performance goals will be achieved. If the performance goals are achieved, the grant vests over a specified service period. If such goals are not achieved, no compensation cost is recognized and any previously recognized compensation expense is reversed. The expected cost of the grant is reflected over the service period, and is reduced for estimated forfeitures. During the year ended January 2, 2009, the Company approved and granted 454,600 RSU’s to employees with a weighted average fair value of $9.1 per share. As of January 2, 2009, $1.7 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to RSU’s remains to be amortized and is expected to be recognized over an estimated period of two years.
 
For the years ended January 2, 2009, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, the Company charged $1.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, to compensation expense related to the vesting of restricted stock. The unvested amount is subject to forfeiture, until the common stock is fully vested. At January 2, 2009, 448,000 shares were subject to repurchase.


53


Table of Contents

 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s restricted stock unit and restricted stock award activity for the year ended January 2, 2009 (in thousands):
 
         
    Number of
 
    Shares  
 
Unvested restricted stock units and restricted stock awards at December 28, 2007
    41  
Granted
    492  
Vested
    (41 )
Forfeited
    (44 )
         
Unvested restricted stock units and restricted stock awards at January 2, 2009
    448  
         
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan  — In 2004 the Company adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) and is authorized to issue 555,343 shares of common stock under the ESPP. The ESPP permits employees to purchase common stock at a discount through payroll withholdings at certain specified dates (purchase period) within a defined offering period. The purchase price is 95% of the fair market value of the common stock at the end of the purchase period and is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. There were 47,532 shares issued under the ESPP during the year ended January 2, 2009.
 
Employee Savings and Retirement Plan  — The Company sponsors a 401(k) savings and retirement plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for all employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Participants could elect to contribute to the 401(k) Plan, on a pre-tax basis, from 2-19% of their salary up to a maximum of $15,500. The Company may make matching contributions of up to 6% of employee contributions based upon eligibility. The Company made approximately $0.9 million, $0.6 million, and $0.5 million discretionary employer contributions to the 401(k) Plan in the years ended January 2, 2009, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.


54


Table of Contents

 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
9.   Net Income Per Share
 
The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used in computing basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    January 2,
    December 28,
    December 29,
 
    2009     2007     2006  
 
Numerator:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (52,417 )   $ 15,893     $ 16,310  
Denominator:
                       
Shares used in computation — basic:
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    21,564       21,333       19,271  
Weighted average common shares outstanding subject to repurchase
    (22 )     (40 )     (51 )
                         
Shares used in computing basic net income (loss) per share
    21,542       21,293       19,220  
                         
Shares used in computation — diluted:
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    21,542       21,293       19,220  
Dilutive effect of common shares outstanding subject to repurchase
          40       51  
Dilutive effect of options outstanding
          785       378  
                         
Shares used in computing diluted net income (loss) per share
    21,542       22,118       19,649  
                         
Net income (loss) per share — basic
  $ (2.43 )   $ 0.75     $ 0.85  
Net income (loss) per share — diluted
  $ (2.43 )   $ 0.72     $ 0.83  
 
The Company had securities outstanding which could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future, but the incremental shares from the assumed exercise of these securities were excluded in the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share, as their effect would have been anti-dilutive. Such outstanding securities consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    January 2,
    December 28,
    December 29,
 
    2009     2007     2006  
 
Outstanding options
    1,229       499       161  
 
Deferred Stock Compensation  — During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company issued 1,067,000 common stock options to employees at a weighted average exercise price of $1.00 per share. The weighted average exercise price was below the weighted average deemed fair value of the Company’s common stock which ranged from $1.00 to $4.97 per share. In connection with these options, the Company recorded deferred stock-based compensation of approximately $0.1 million and amortized approximately $0, $15,000 and $27,000 as an expense during the years ended January 2, 2009, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.
 
10.   Related Party Transactions
 
As part of the acquisition of Sieger, the Company leases a facility from an entity controlled by one of the Company’s board members. The Company incurred rent expense resulting from the lease of this facility of $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.1 million for the years ended January 2, 2009, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.


55


Table of Contents

 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The spouse of one of the Company’s executives is the sole owner of the Company’s primary travel agency. The Company incurred fees for travel-related services, including the cost of airplane tickets, of $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.3 million for the years ended January 2, 2009, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.
 
The sister, son and sister-in-law of one of the Company’s directors worked for the Company during fiscal years 2008 and 2007. They are no longer employed by the Company. These employees were employees of Sieger prior to the date of acquisition. Aggregate salaries paid by the Company to these individuals were $52,000 and $161,000 the years ended January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007, respectively. From the date of acquisition to December 29, 2006, aggregate payments by the Company to the aforementioned individuals totaled $84,000.
 
In November 2002, the Company entered into an agreement with a key executive of the Company to defer payment of $265,000 in compensation until November 15, 2009. Under this arrangement the Company pays interest of 2.7% per annum, payable on June 30 and December 31 of each year. The amounts owed under this arrangement may be prepaid by the Company at the discretion of the board of directors. The principal amount owed under this arrangement is contained within Capital lease obligations and other liabilities on the balance sheet of the Company.
 
11.   Industry Information
 
The Company operates in one reportable segment and is engaged in the development, manufacture and supply of critical subsystems for the semiconductor capital equipment, flat panel, solar and medical device industries. The nature of the Company’s products and production processes as well as type of customers and distribution methods is consistent among all of the Company’s products. The Company’s foreign operations are conducted primarily through its wholly-owned subsidiary in China. The Company’s principal markets include North America, Europe and Asia. Sales by geographic area represent sales to unaffiliated customers.
 
All information on sales by geographic area is based upon the location to which the products were shipped. The following table sets forth revenue by geographic area (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    January 2,
    December 28,
    December 29,
 
Sales
  2009     2007     2006  
 
United States
  $ 262,168     $ 395,039     $ 320,662  
Export sales to Europe and Asia
    4,751       8,768       16,566  
                         
Total
  $ 266,919     $ 403,807     $ 337,228  
                         
 
At January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007, approximately $1.6 million and $4.2 million, respectively, of the Company’s long-lived assets were located in China and the balances were located in the United States.
 
12.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
The Company had commitments to purchase inventory totaling approximately $5.3 million at January 2, 2009.
 
In September 2007, the Company entered into a facility lease agreement for approximately 104,000 square feet of office space in Hayward, California and began moving into the new facility towards the latter part of the second quarter of 2008. In lieu of a cash security deposit, the Company established an irrevocable standby letter of credit in the amount of $156,000 naming the landlord of the new facility as the beneficiary. Pursuant to the lease agreement, the Company received approximately $4.1 million in tenant improvement allowances and will receive incentives of approximately $1.2 million in rent abatements over the first two years of the lease. The Company has received $1.0 million in incentives as of January 2, 2009. The operating lease term for the new facility commenced on April 1, 2008, and will continue through April 1, 2015, with minimum monthly lease payments beginning at $119,000 and escalating annually after the first two years. The Company’s total future minimum lease payments over the term of the lease will be approximately $10.2 million.


56


Table of Contents

 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
On June 25, 2007, a jury found that we infringed one of the patents owned by Celerity, Inc. The jury awarded damages of $45,000 to Celerity in royalty fees for gas panel sales to date related to the product that was found to infringe the Celerity patent and enjoined us from making, using, or selling such product. The court also ordered us to pay Celerity $85,000 in court costs. We appealed the jury verdict and injunction to the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit (CAFC). In October 2008, the CAFC affirmed the verdict of infringement. The CAFC’s ruling has not and we do not expect it to have a material impact on our operating results or cash flows.
 
From time to time, we are subject to various legal proceedings and claims, either asserted or unasserted, that arise in the ordinary course of business. Although the outcome of the various legal proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company has not had a history of outcomes to date that have been material to the statement of operations and does not believe that any of these proceedings or other claims will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition or results of operations.


57


Table of Contents

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
Not Applicable
 
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures
 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our filings with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our chief executive officer (“CEO”) and chief financial officer (“CFO”), as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.
 
As required by SEC Rule 13a-15(b), in connection with filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K, management conducted an evaluation, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as of January 2, 2009, the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon our evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of January 2, 2009 as a result of the material weakness described below.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2009. In making this assessment, we used the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In connection with our assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting described above, we have identified the following control deficiency which represents a material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2009.
 
The Company did not maintain sufficient and qualified resources with the proper training and experience related to year end physical inventory count procedures at our new centralized manufacturing facility in Hayward, California and in the computation of inventory reserves with respect to the Company’s accounting policies and procedures in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Additionally, this control deficiency could result in misstatements of the Company’s financial statement accounts and disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.
 
As a result of this material weakness, management has concluded that as of January 2, 2009, internal controls over financial reporting were not effective based on the criteria in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.


58


Table of Contents

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting as of January 2, 2009 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Remediation of The Material Weakness in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
In our form 10-Q/A filed on February 5, 2009 for the period ended September 26, 2008, we disclosed in Item 4, Controls and Procedures, that the Company did not maintain adequate controls to apply the Company’s accounting policies in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. This control deficiency resulted in a misclassification of debt between current and non current liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 26, 2008. With regard to the above described material weakness that existed as of September 26, 2008, we have implemented and executed our remediation plan, and as of January 2, 2009, this material weakness was successfully tested and deemed remediated.
 
We are in the process of determining the steps required to remediate the material weakness described above related to our year-end physical inventory count procedures and the computation of inventory reserves, however, we can not estimate the time required to complete these remediation steps.
 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
There have been no material changes, other than as noted above in our internal controls over financial reporting occurred during the last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.


59


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
Hayward, California
 
We have audited Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the “Company’s”) internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (“Management’s Report”). Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on that risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment. The Company did not maintain sufficient and qualified resources with the proper training and experience related to year end physical inventory count procedures at the Company’s new centralized manufacturing facility in Hayward, California and in the computation of inventory reserves with respect to the Company’s accounting policies and procedures in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Additionally, this control deficiency could result in misstatements of the Company’s financial statement accounts and disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended January 2, 2009, of the Company and this report does not affect our report on such financial statements.


60


Table of Contents

In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness identified above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2009, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended January 2, 2009, of the Company and our report dated March 18, 2009, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
 
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
San Jose, California
March 18, 2009


61


Table of Contents

Item 9B.    Other Information
 
None.
 
PART III
 
Pursuant to Paragraph G(3) of the General Instructions to Form 10-K, portions of the information required by Part III of Form 10-K are incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
 
Item 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
 
The information required by this item concerning directors, including our audit committee financial expert, is incorporated by reference to the section entitled, “Election of Directors” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
 
For information with respect to Executive Officers, see Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, under “Executive Officers.”
 
The information required by the item with respect to Section 16(a) beneficial reporting compliance is incorporated by reference to the section entitled, “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
 
We have adopted a code of ethics that is designed to qualify as a “code of ethics” within the meaning of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder. This code of ethics is available on our website at www.uct.com. To the extent required by law, any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code of ethics will be promptly disclosed to the public. To the extent permitted by such legal requirements, we intend to make such public disclosure by posting the relative material on our website in accordance with SEC rules.
 
Item 11.    Executive Compensation
 
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Executive Officer Compensation” and “Election of Directors” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
 
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.


62


 

This table summarizes our equity plan information as of January 2, 2009:
 
                         
                (c)
 
                Number of Securities
 
                Remaining Available
 
    (a)
    (b)
    for Future Issuance
 
    Number of Securities
    Weighted-Average
    Under Equity
 
    to be Issued Upon
    Exercise Price of
    Compensation Plans
 
    Exercise of
    Outstanding
    (Excluding
 
    Outstanding Options,
    Options, Warrants
    Securities Reflected
 
Plan Category
  Warrants and Rights     and Rights     in Column (a))  
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:(1)
    2,143,742     $ 7.99       2,371,507  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
                 
                         
Total
    2,143,742               2,371,507  
                         
 
 
(1) Consists of the Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan and, for purposes of column (c), the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The number of shares available under our Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan automatically increases each year, beginning January 1, 2005 through January 1, 2014, by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 370,228 shares, (ii) 2% of the number of shares of the common stock outstanding on the date of the increase or (iii) an amount determined by the Board of Directors.
 
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
 
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
 
Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services
 
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Ratification of Independent Accountants” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
 
Part IV
 
Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:
 
1. Financial Statements:
 
         
    Form 10-K
    Page No.
 
    34  
    35  
    36  
    37  
    38  
    39  
 
2. Financial statement schedules not listed have been omitted because they are not applicable or required, or the information required to be set forth therein is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.
 
3. Exhibits


63


Table of Contents

 
Exhibit Index
 
         
Exhibit
 
Description
 
  2 .1   Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of October 30, 2002, among Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc., Ultra Clean Technology Systems and Service, Inc., Mitsubishi Corporation, Mitsubishi International Corporation and Clean Merger Company(a)
  2 .2   Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated as of June 29, 2006 by and among Sieger Engineering, Inc., Leonid Mezhvinsky, Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc., Bob Acquisition Inc., Pete Acquisition LLC, Leonid and Inna Mezhvinsky as trustees of the Revocable Trust Agreement of Leonid Mezhvinsky and Inna Mezhvinsky dated April 26, Joe and Jenny Chen as trustees of the Joe Chen and Jenny Chen Revocable Trust dated 2002, Victor Mezhvinsky, Victor Mezhvinsky as trustee of the Joshua Mezhvinsky 2004 Irrevocable Trust under Agreement dated June 4, 2004, David Hongyu Wu and Winnie Wei Zhen Wu as trustees of the Chen Minors Irrevocable Trust, Frank Moreman and Leonid Mezhvinsky as Sellers’ Agent(g)
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.(b)
  3 .2   Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.(i)
  4 .1   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 29, 2006 among Ultra Clean, FP-Ultra Clean L.L.C. and the Sieger Shareholders(g)
  10 .1   Employment Agreement dated November 15, 2002 between Clarence L. Granger and Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.(a)
  10 .2   Offer letter dated as of December 7, 2007 between Ultra Clean and David Savage(h)
  10 .3   Agreement to Preserve Corporate Opportunity dated as of June 29, 2006 between Ultra Clean and Leonid Mezhvinsky(g)
  10 .4   Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan(d)
  10 .5   Form of Stock Option Agreement(c)
  10 .6   Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 29, 2006 among Silicon Valley Bank, Ultra Clean Technology Systems and Service, Inc., Bob Acquisition Inc. and Pete Acquisition LLC as amended through February 4, 2009
  10 .7   Unconditional Guaranty by Ultra Clean in favor of Silicon Valley Bank dated as of June 29, 2006(g)
  10 .8   Securities Pledge Agreement dated as of June 29, 2006 between Silicon Valley Bank and Ultra Clean(g)
  10 .9   Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated as of June 29, 2006 between Silicon Valley Bank and Ultra Clean(g)
  10 .10   Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated as of June 29, 2006 between Silicon Valley Bank and Ultra Clean Technology(g)
  10 .11   Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Restated as of October 21, 2004)(e)
  10 .12   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers(b)
  10 .13   Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between Clarence L. Granger and Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. dated March 2,2004(b)
  10 .14   Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement between Clarence L. Granger and Ultra Clean Holding, Inc. dated May 9, 2005(f)
  10 .15   Form of Award Agreement(c)
  10 .16   Severance Policy for Executive Officers (revised)
  10 .17   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement(j)
  10 .18   Separation Agreement dated as of December 31, 2007 between the Company and Leonid Mezhvinsky(k)
  10 .19   Change of Control Severance Agreement dated as of July 28, 2008 by and between Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. and Clarence L. Granger
  10 .20   Change of Control Severance Agreement dated as of July 28, 2008 by and between Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. and David Savage
  10 .21   Change of Control Severance Agreement dated as of July 28, 2008 by and between Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. and Jack Sexton


64


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
 
Description
 
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
  23 .1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
  31 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  31 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
(a) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-11904), filed January 14, 2004.
 
(b) Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-11904), filed March 2, 2004.
 
(c) Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-11904), filed March 8, 2004.
 
(d) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-114051), filed March 30, 2004.
 
(e) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2004.
 
(f) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 13, 2005.
 
(g) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed July 6, 2006.
 
(h) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 12, 2007.
 
(i) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 21, 2008.
 
(j) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 28, 2008.
 
(k) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 28, 2008.

65


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
  By: 
/s/  Clarence L. Granger
Clarence L. Granger
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
 
Date: March 18, 2009
 
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS , that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Clarence L. Granger and Jack Sexton, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby ratifying and confirming that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Clarence L. Granger

Clarence L. Granger
  Chairman & Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director   March 18, 2009
         
/s/  Jack Sexton

Jack Sexton
  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   March 18, 2009
         
/s/  Leonid Mezhvinsky

Leonid Mezhvinsky
  Director   March 18, 2009
         
/s/  Brian R. Bachman

Brian R. Bachman
  Director   March 18, 2009
         
/s/  Susan H. Billat

Susan H. Billat
  Director   March 18, 2009
         
/s/  Kevin C. Eichler

Kevin C. Eichler
  Director   March 18, 2009
         
/s/  David T. ibnAle

David T. ibnAle
  Director   March 18, 2009


66


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index
 
         
Exhibit
 
Description
 
  2 .1   Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of October 30, 2002, among Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc., Ultra Clean Technology Systems and Service, Inc., Mitsubishi Corporation, Mitsubishi International Corporation and Clean Merger Company(a)
  2 .2   Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated as of June 29, 2006 by and among Sieger Engineering, Inc., Leonid Mezhvinsky, Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc., Bob Acquisition Inc., Pete Acquisition LLC, Leonid and Inna Mezhvinsky as trustees of the Revocable Trust Agreement of Leonid Mezhvinsky and Inna Mezhvinsky dated April 26, Joe and Jenny Chen as trustees of the Joe Chen and Jenny Chen Revocable Trust dated 2002, Victor Mezhvinsky, Victor Mezhvinsky as trustee of the Joshua Mezhvinsky 2004 Irrevocable Trust under Agreement dated June 4, 2004, David Hongyu Wu and Winnie Wei Zhen Wu as trustees of the Chen Minors Irrevocable Trust, Frank Moreman and Leonid Mezhvinsky as Sellers’ Agent(g)
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.(b)
  3 .2   Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.(i)
  4 .1   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 29, 2006 among Ultra Clean, FP-Ultra Clean L.L.C. and the Sieger Shareholders(g)
  10 .1   Employment Agreement dated November 15, 2002 between Clarence L. Granger and Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.(a)
  10 .2   Offer letter dated as of December 7, 2007 between Ultra Clean and David Savage(h)
  10 .3   Agreement to Preserve Corporate Opportunity dated as of June 29, 2006 between Ultra Clean and Leonid Mezhvinsky(g)
  10 .4   Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan(d)
  10 .5   Form of Stock Option Agreement(c)
  10 .6   Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 29, 2006 among Silicon Valley Bank, Ultra Clean Technology Systems and Service, Inc., Bob Acquisition Inc. and Pete Acquisition LLC as amended through February 4, 2009
  10 .7   Unconditional Guaranty by Ultra Clean in favor of Silicon Valley Bank dated as of June 29, 2006(g)
  10 .8   Securities Pledge Agreement dated as of June 29, 2006 between Silicon Valley Bank and Ultra Clean(g)
  10 .9   Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated as of June 29, 2006 between Silicon Valley Bank and Ultra Clean(g)
  10 .10   Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated as of June 29, 2006 between Silicon Valley Bank and Ultra Clean Technology(g)
  10 .11   Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Restated as of October 21, 2004)(e)
  10 .12   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers(b)
  10 .13   Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between Clarence L. Granger and Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. dated March 2,2004(b)
  10 .14   Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement between Clarence L. Granger and Ultra Clean Holding, Inc. dated May 9, 2005(f)
  10 .15   Form of Award Agreement(c)
  10 .16   Severance Policy for Executive Officers (revised)
  10 .17   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement(j)
  10 .18   Separation Agreement dated as of December 31, 2007 between the Company and Leonid Mezhvinsky(k)
  10 .19   Change of Control Severance Agreement dated as of July 28, 2008 by and between Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. and Clarence L. Granger
  10 .20   Change of Control Severance Agreement dated as of July 28, 2008 by and between Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. and David Savage
  10 .21   Change of Control Severance Agreement dated as of July 28, 2008 by and between Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. and Jack Sexton


67


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
 
Description
 
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
  23 .1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
  31 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  31 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
(a) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-11904), filed January 14, 2004.
 
(b) Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-11904), filed March 2, 2004.
 
(c) Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-11904), filed March 8, 2004.
 
(d) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-114051), filed March 30, 2004.
 
(e) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2004.
 
(f) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 13, 2005.
 
(g) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed July 6, 2006.
 
(h) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 12, 2007.
 
(i) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 21, 2008.
 
(j) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 28, 2008.
 
(k) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 28, 2008.

68

Exhibit 10.6
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
     THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of the Effective Date among SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”), and ULTRA CLEAN TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS AND SERVICE, INC., a California company (“Ultra Clean”), BOB ACQUISITION INC. (and any successor by merger), a California corporation, and PETE ACQUISITION LLC (to be renamed UCT Sieger Engineering LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (“Sieger”, together with Ultra Clean and Bob, each a “Borrowers” and collectively, “Borrowers”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrowers and Borrowers shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:
1. ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS.
     Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.
2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.
      2.1. Promise to Pay . Each Borrower hereby unconditionally, jointly and severally, promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.
           2.1.1. Revolving Advances .
          (a)  Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank will make Advances to Borrowers from time to time up to an aggregate amount (“Net Borrowing Availability”) not to exceed the lesser of: (a) the Revolving Line; or (b) amounts available under the Borrowing Base.
          (b)  Streamline Period . Borrowers may, at their option, elect not to have any Advances outstanding during specified periods of time (each, a “Streamline Period”). At least 5 days prior to requesting that a Streamline Period be put into effect, Borrowers shall give Bank written notice thereof, specifying the date the Streamline Period is to begin. On or prior to the Business Day immediately preceding the commencement of the Streamline Period, Borrowers will pay to Bank, by wire transfer, an amount sufficient to repay in full all outstanding Advances, all accrued interest thereon, and all other outstanding monetary Obligations then due hereunder. A Streamline Period may not be put into effect if there are outstanding Obligations in connection with Cash Management Services in excess of $500,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Streamline Period may be permitted to exist even if Advances are outstanding so long as the Trigger Availability is in excess of $3,000,000 at all times during such period. During a Streamline Period, Borrowers will not be permitted to incur Obligations in connection with Cash Management Services in an amount more than $500,000 and no additional Letters of Credit will be issued. During a Streamline Period, Borrowers may not request any Advances, and Bank shall have no obligation to make any Advances. To terminate a Streamline Period, Borrowers shall provide Bank at least 15 days prior written notice thereof together with such information relating to the

 


 

Eligible Accounts, the Cash Management Services Sublimit and other Collateral as Bank may reasonably request.
          (c)  Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.
           2.1.2. Letters of Credit Sublimit.
          (a) As part of the Revolving Line, Bank shall issue or have issued Letters of Credit for a Borrower’s account for such Borrower’s benefit or for the benefit of any of its Subsidiaries or its Affiliate, Shanghai. The sum of (i) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit plus (ii) the amount of reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit plus (iii) any Letter of Credit Reserve may not exceed $10,000,000 minus the sum of (x) the Cash Management Services Sublimit and (y) the FX Sublimit (the “L/C Sublimit”). The amount otherwise available for Advances under the Revolving Line (calculated as provided in Section 2.1.1(a)) will be reduced by the sum of amounts described in clauses (i) through (iii) and clauses (x) and (y) above. If, on the Revolving Maturity Date, there are any outstanding Letters of Credit, then on such date Borrowers shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to 105% of the sum of the undrawn amount of all such Letters of Credit plus the amount of all reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit, to secure all of the Obligations relating to said Letters of Credit. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard Application and Letter of Credit Agreement (the “Letter of Credit Application”). Borrowers agree to execute any further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request. Borrowers further agree to be bound by the terms of each letter of credit (and letter of credit application applicable thereto) guarantied by Bank and opened for a Borrower’s account or by Bank’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Bank for a Borrower’s account, and Borrowers understand and agree that Bank shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following a Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto, except to the extent resulting directly from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of Bank. The sum of (i) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit plus (ii) the amount of all reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit may not exceed the Availability Amount.
          (b) The obligation of Borrowers to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under Letters of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, irrevocable, and joint and several and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letters of Credit, and the Letter of Credit Application.
          (c) Each Borrower may request that Bank issue a Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency. If a demand for payment is made under any such Letter of Credit, Bank shall treat such demand as an Advance to such Borrower of the equivalent of the amount thereof (plus fees and charges in connection therewith such as wire, cable, SWIFT or similar charges) in Dollars at the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.
          (d) To guard against fluctuations in currency exchange rates, upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency (a “Foreign Currency Letter of Credit”), Bank shall create a reserve (the “Letter of Credit Reserve”) under the Revolving Line in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit. The amount of the Letter of Credit Reserve may be adjusted by Bank from time to time to account for fluctuations in the exchange rate. The

- 2 -


 

availability of Advances and for Letters of Credit under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the amount of such Letter of Credit Reserve for as long as any Foreign Currency Letter of Credit remains outstanding.
           2.1.3. Foreign Exchange Sublimit . As part of the Revolving Line, Borrowers may enter into foreign exchange contracts with Bank under which Borrowers commit to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency (each, a “FX Forward Contract”) on a specified date (the “Settlement Date”). FX Forward Contracts shall have a Settlement Date of at least one (1) FX Business Day after the contract date and shall be subject to a reserve of ten percent (10%) of each outstanding FX Forward Contract in a maximum aggregate amount equal to $250,000 (the “FX Reserve”). The aggregate amount of FX Forward Contracts at any one time may not exceed $10,000,000 minus the sum of (i) the L/C Sublimit and (ii) the Cash Management Services Sublimit (the “FX Sublimit”). The obligations of Borrowers relating to this section may not exceed the Availability Amount.
           2.1.4. Cash Management Services Sublimit . Borrowers may use up to $10,000,000 minus the sum of (i) the L/C Sublimit and (ii) the FX Sublimit (the “Cash Management Services Sublimit”) of the Revolving Line for Bank’s cash management services which may include merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card, and check cashing services identified in Bank’s various cash management services agreements (collectively, the “Cash Management Services”). Any amounts Bank pays on behalf of Borrowers or any amounts that are not paid by Borrowers for any Cash Management Services will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances. The obligations of the Borrowers relating to this section may not exceed the Availability Amount.
      2.1.5. Term Loan.
          (a)  Availability . Bank shall make one (1) term loan available to Borrowers in an amount up to the Term Loan Amount on the Effective Date subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
          (b)  Repayment . Borrowers shall repay the Term Loan in (i) thirty-six (36) equal installments of principal, plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest (the “Term Loan Payment”). Beginning on the first day of the month following the month in which the Funding Date occurs, each Term Loan Payment shall be payable on the last day of each month. Borrowers’ final Term Loan Payment, due on the Term Loan Maturity Date, shall include all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the Term Loan. Borrowers shall have the right at any time to prepay the Term Loan prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, as a whole or in part, without premium or penalty. Any such prepayment of principal shall include accrued and unpaid interest to the date of prepayment and shall be applied against the scheduled installments of principal in the inverse order of maturity. No amount repaid hereunder may be reborrowed.
      2.2. Overadvances . If at any time or for any reason the total of all outstanding Advances and all other monetary Obligations (other than the Term Loan) exceeds Net Borrowing Availability (an “Overadvance”), Borrowers shall if the amount of the Overadvance is (a) equal or greater than $500,000, immediately pay the full amount of the Overadvance to Bank, without notice or demand, or (b) less than $500,000, within one (1) Business Day after the receipt of a request by Bank therefore, pay the full amount of the Overadvance to Bank. Without limiting each Borrower’s obligation to repay to Bank the full amount of any Overadvance, Borrowers agree to pay Bank interest at the Default Rate on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance on demand.

- 3 -


 

      2.3. Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .
            (a)  Interest Rate
          (i) Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), Advances shall accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to, so long as the Senior Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate is less than 1.0:1.0, 0.75 percentage points below the Prime Rate, and if greater than 1.0:1.0, 0.50 percentage points below the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly.
          (ii) Term Loan . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan shall accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to, so long as the Senior Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate is less than 1.0:1.0, 0.25 percentage points below the Prime Rate, and if greater than 1.0:1.0, the Prime Rate.
          (iii) Change in Interest Rate . Any increase or decrease in the interest rate in paragraphs (i) and (ii) above resulting from a change in the Senior Leverage Ratio shall become effective commencing on the first Business Day of the month immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(iv); provided, however, that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with Section 6.2(a)(iv), the highest interest rate set forth in paragraphs (i) and (ii) above shall apply commencing on the first Business Day of the month following the date such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered and continuing until the day that is two (2) Business Days after the date that such Compliance Certificate is delivered to Bank. The interest rate in effect from the Effective Date through the first Business Day of the month immediately following the date the Compliance Certificate for the period ending June 29, 2006 is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(iv) shall be the highest interest rate set forth in paragraphs (i) and (ii) above.
            (b)  Default Rate . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is two (2) percentage points above the rate effective immediately before the Event of Default (the “Default Rate”) commencing on the date that Bank gives Borrowers notice that such Default Rate is then applicable. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.
            (c)  Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.
            (d)  365-Day Year . Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 365-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.
            (e)  Debit of Accounts . Bank may automatically debit any of Borrowers’ deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments when due and for any other amounts Borrowers owe Bank when overdue. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

- 4 -


 

            (f)  Change to Revolving Line . Subject to prior satisfaction with applicable conditions set forth in Section 3 with respect to any Credit Extension, Borrowers may request an Advance to be applied to the payment of any interest and/or Bank Expenses due under the Loan Documents.
            (g)  Payment; Interest Computation; Float Charge . Interest is payable monthly on the last calendar day of each month. In computing interest on the Obligations, all Payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. In addition, so long as any principal or interest with respect to any Credit Extension remains outstanding, Bank shall be entitled to charge Borrowers a “float” charge in an amount equal to three (3) Business Days interest, at the interest rate applicable to the Credit Extensions, on all Payments received by Bank. Said float charge is not included in interest for purposes of computing Minimum Monthly Interest (if any) under this Agreement. The float charge for each month shall be payable on the last day of the month. Bank shall not, however, be required to credit any Borrower’s account for the amount of any item of payment which is unsatisfactory to Bank in its good faith business judgment, and Bank may charge any Borrower’s Designated Deposit Account for the amount of any item of payment which is returned to Bank unpaid.
      2.4. Fees . Borrowers shall jointly and severally pay to Bank:
            (a)  Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of $121,875, on the Effective Date;
            (b)  Letter of Credit Fee . Bank’s customary fees and expenses for the issuance or renewal of Letters of Credit, including, without limitation, a Letter of Credit Fee of 0.75 percentage points per annum of the face amount of each Letter of Credit issued, upon the issuance or renewal of such Letter of Credit by Bank. In the event that any Letter of Credit is cancelled or terminated and returned to Bank prior to its stated expiry date, Bank shall return to Borrowers the pro rata portion of such fee applicable to what would have been the unexpired period.
            (c)  Termination Fee . Subject to the terms of Section 4.1, the termination fee specified in Section 4.1;
            (d)  Collateral Monitoring Fee . So long as any Advances or Letters of Credit are outstanding during any month or portion thereof, a monthly collateral monitoring fee of $1,500, payable in arrears on the last day of such month (prorated for any partial month), commencing on the last day of the month during which the Effective Date occurs, and upon termination of this Agreement; and
            (e)  Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, plus expenses, for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement, and amounts due under Section 6.6) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.
3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS.
      3.1. Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents (and when required in original form, it shall be sufficient to deliver facsimiles of such documents followed by delivery of executed originals to Bank within three (3) days of the Effective Date by personal delivery or United States mail as otherwise provided in this Section 10), and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

- 5 -


 

            (a) Borrowers shall have delivered duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents to which it is a party;
            (b) Borrowers shall have delivered its Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of each Borrower certified (in original form) by the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of incorporation as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;
            (c) Borrowers shall have delivered copies of the Borrowing Resolutions for each Borrower accompanied by duly executed original officer’s certificates certifying thereto;
            (d) Borrowers shall have delivered final copies of all Merger Documents and evidence of consummation of the Acquisition, including but not limited to, all necessary filings with any Governmental Authority;
            (e) Borrowers shall have delivered a payoff letter from Union Bank of California;
            (f) Borrowers shall have delivered (i) evidence that the Liens securing Indebtedness owed by Borrowers to Union Bank of California under the existing credit facility have been or will, substantially contemporaneously with the initial Credit Extension, be terminated and (ii) evidence of (or such documents as Bank shall reasonably require to effect) the termination as of record of (A) such Liens, including without limitation any financing statements, Intellectual Property filings and/or control agreements in connection therewith, and (B) all financing statements, Intellectual Property filings and/or control agreements filed by, or entered into by Ultra Clean or Holdings with, Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc.
            (g) Bank shall have received certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of such financing statement searches as Bank shall reasonably request with respect to the assets of Borrowers or Holdings, accompanied by evidence reasonably satisfactory to Bank (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statement searches either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;
            (h) Borrowers shall have delivered originals of the Perfection Certificate(s) executed by each Borrower and Guarantor;
            (i) Borrowers shall have delivered an original landlord’s consent with respect to each leasehold property of a Borrower in favor of Bank;
            (j) Borrowers shall have delivered opinions of (i) Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP, special Delaware counsel, and (ii) Baker & McKenzie LLP, special California counsel, each dated as of the Effective Date together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;
            (k) Holdings shall have delivered a duly executed original signature (or facsimile copies thereof to the Guaranty and the Holdings IP Pledge Agreement, together with the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Holdings;
            (l) Borrowers shall have delivered certificates of insurance satisfactory to Bank evidencing that the insurance policies required by Section 6.7 hereof are in full force and effect, and containing loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank to the extent required thereunder; and
            (m) Borrowers shall have paid the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

- 6 -


 

      3.2. Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following:
            (a) except as otherwise provided in Section 3.4(a), timely receipt by Bank of an executed Payment/Advance Form;
            (b) the representations and warranties in Section 5, as any such representation or warranty may be modified in a manner expressly permitted by the Loan Documents (e.g., a change in a Borrower’s legal name in accordance with Section 7.2) , shall be true in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is each Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in Section 5 remain true in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and
            (c) in Bank’s sole discretion, there has not been a Material Adverse Change.
      3.3. Covenant to Deliver . Each Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement prior to the Funding Date thereof, as a condition to any Credit Extension. Each Borrower expressly agrees that the extension of a Credit Extension prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrowers’ obligation to deliver such item, and any such extension in the absence of such a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.
      3.4. Procedures for Borrowing . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Credit Extension set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Credit Extension (other than Advances under Sections 2.1.2 or 2.1.4), Borrowers shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Credit Extension. Together with such notification, Borrowers must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Transaction Report, each executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank shall credit Credit Extensions to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Credit Extensions under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to satisfy Obligations that are not paid when due. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee.
4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST .
      4.1. Grant of Security Interest . Each Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof. Each Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If any Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim or claims involving claims in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least $100,000, such Borrower shall promptly notify Bank

- 7 -


 

in a writing signed by such Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.
     This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Maturity Date by Borrowers, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank or if Bank’s obligation to fund Credit Extensions terminates pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1.1(c). Notwithstanding any such termination, Bank’s lien and security interest in the Collateral shall continue until Borrowers fully satisfy their Obligations. If such termination is at Borrowers’ election, Borrowers shall jointly and severally pay to Bank, in addition to the payment of any other expenses or fees then owing under any Loan Document, a termination fee in an amount equal to one percent (1.0%) of the Revolving Line plus the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan at such time provided that no termination fee shall be charged if the credit facility hereunder is replaced with a new facility from another division of Silicon Valley Bank. Upon payment in full of the Obligations and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall release its liens and security interests in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to the pledgors thereof.
      4.2. Authorization to File Financing Statements . To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, without notice to such Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights under this Section 4.
5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
            Borrowers represent and warrant as follows:
      5.1. Due Organization and Authorization . Each Borrower and each of their Subsidiaries are duly existing and in good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and are qualified and licensed to do business and are in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of their business or their ownership of property requires that they be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrowers’ businesses. In connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Borrowers have delivered to Bank completed certificates substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C each signed by each Borrower and Guarantor, respectively, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Each Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that, as of the Effective Date, (a) such Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) such Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth such Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that such Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth such Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as such Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) except as otherwise described in the Perfection Certificate, such Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of organization, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to such Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete. If a Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, such Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with such Borrower’s organizational identification number.
     The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized, and do not conflict with any Borrower’s organizational documents, nor constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which any Borrower is bound. No Borrower is in default under any agreement

- 8 -


 

to which it is a party or by which it is bound, except for any defaults which could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Borrowers’ businesses, taken as a whole.
      5.2. Collateral . Each Borrower has good title to the Collateral, free of Liens except Permitted Liens. As of the Effective Date, each Borrower has no deposit account other than (a) the deposit accounts with Union Bank of California specified in the Union Bank Control Agreement, (b) the deposit accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith and (c) other deposit accounts located in the United States so long as the aggregate cash balances contained therein do not exceed $25,000 per account or $100,000 in the aggregate with respect to all such accounts.
     The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse). Except as hereafter disclosed to Bank in writing by Borrowers, none of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate. In the event that any Borrower, after the date hereof, intends to store or otherwise deliver any material portion of the Collateral to a bailee, then such Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank and such bailee must acknowledge in writing that the bailee is holding such Collateral for the benefit of Bank.
     All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.
     Each Borrower is the sole owner of its Intellectual Property, except for non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business. Each Patent is valid and enforceable and no part of the Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and to the best of each Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party.
     Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, no Borrower is a party to, nor is bound by, any material license or other agreement with respect to which such Borrower is the licensee that prohibits or otherwise restricts such Borrower from granting a security interest in such Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property. Each Borrower shall provide written notice to Bank within ten (10) days of entering or becoming bound by any such license or agreement which is reasonably likely to have a material impact on such Borrower’s business or financial condition (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Each Borrower shall take such steps as Bank requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for all such licenses or contract rights to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such license or agreement (such consent or authorization may include a licensor’s agreement to a contingent assignment of the license to Bank if Bank determines that is necessary in its good faith judgment), whether now existing or entered into in the future.
      5.3. Accounts Receivable .
            (a) To the extent any Account is included in any Transaction Report as an “Eligible Account”, such Account shall constitute an Eligible Account as of the date of such Transaction Report.
            (b) All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing the Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of any Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. No Borrower has knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any

- 9 -


 

Account Debtor whose accounts are an Eligible Account in any Transaction Report. To the best of each Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.
      5.4. Litigation . There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
      5.5. No Material Deviation in Financial Statements . The consolidated financial statements for Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2006 and any monthly statements since such date delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Holdings consolidated financial condition as of such date and Holdings consolidated results of operations for the period covered thereby. There has not been any Material Adverse Change since December 31, 2005.
      5.6. Solvency . Immediately prior to and after giving effect to the initial Credit Extensions and the Acquisition, the fair salable value of each Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; each Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital; and each Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.
      5.7. Regulatory Compliance . No Borrower is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act. No Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company”, or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company”, or an “affiliate” of a “holding company”, as such terms are defined in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005; and no Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to regulation as a “public utility” under the Federal Power Act, as amended. No Borrower is engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Each Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act and no Borrower has failed to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permitted a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; failed to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act; withdrawn or permitted any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of any Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors. No Borrower has violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of any Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by such Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of such Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than in compliance with applicable law (except for Sieger’s storage of hazardous substances in violation of such law including its failure to file toxic release inventory forms in 2000-2004 as required by the Emergency Planning Community Right to Know Act of 1986 which violation has since been remedied). Each Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all government authorities that are necessary to continue its business as currently conducted.
      5.8. Subsidiaries; Investments . No Borrower owns any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments. As of the Effective Date, Borrowers and Ultra Clean International Holding Company (“International”) are the only direct Subsidiaries of Holdings, Shanghai is the only Subsidiary of International, and Borrowers have no Subsidiaries.

- 10 -


 

      5.9. Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Each Borrower has timely filed all required material tax returns and reports, and each Borrower has timely paid all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by such Borrower. Each Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that such Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, and (b) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. No Borrower is aware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of such Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional material taxes becoming due and payable by such Borrower. Each Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and no Borrower has withdrawn from participation in, and has permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of such Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.
      5.10. Use of Proceeds . Borrowers shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions in connection with the Acquisition, as working capital, and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.
      5.11. Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of any Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representations, warranties, or other statements were made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by a Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).
6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
     Borrowers shall do all of the following:
      6.1. Government Compliance . Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on such Borrower’s business or operations. Each Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on such Borrower’s business or operations.
      6.2. Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates .
            (a) Borrowers shall provide Bank with the following:
          (i) within fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, a Transaction Report so long as Borrowers maintain an Availability Amount of at least $3,000,000; otherwise, weekly. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Borrowers are providing a monthly Transaction Report, but fail to maintain an Availability Amount of at least $3,000,000, Borrowers will be required to deliver eight (8) consecutive weekly Transaction Reports before the monthly reporting option shall be available to Borrowers;

- 11 -


 

          (ii) within fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, (A) monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, (B) monthly accounts payable agings, aged by invoice date, and outstanding or held check registers, if any, and (C) monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings (aged by invoice date), transaction reports, and general ledger;
          (iii) as soon as available, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, unaudited consolidated (and, for the first six (6) months following the Effective Date, consolidating with respect to Borrowers) financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, in each case as of the end of or for such month;
          (iv) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, a Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, no Default or Event of Default had occurred and was continuing, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank shall reasonably request;
          (v) within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal year of Holdings, (A) annual operating budgets (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by month) for the upcoming fiscal year of Holdings, and (B) annual financial projections for the following fiscal year (on a quarterly basis) as approved by Holdings’ board of directors, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial projections; and
          (vi) as soon as available, and in any event within 120 days following the end of Holdings’ fiscal year, annual consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries certified by, and with an unqualified opinion of, independent public accountants of recognized national standing or otherwise reasonably acceptable to Bank.
            (b) Within five (5) days after filing, all reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or a link thereto on such Borrower’s or another website on the Internet.
      6.3. Accounts Receivable .
            (a)  Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts . Borrowers shall deliver to Bank transaction reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2, on Bank’s standard forms; provided, however, that a Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights in all of each Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights therein. If requested by Bank, Borrowers shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrowers shall deliver to Bank, on its request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary endorsements, and copies of all credit memos.
            (b)  Disputes . Borrowers shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes or claims relating to Accounts. Borrowers may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrowers do so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions, and

- 12 -


 

reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank; (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Aggregate Borrowing Base.
            (c)  Collection of Accounts . Borrowers shall have the right to collect all Accounts, unless and until a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and Bank have notified the Borrowers under this Section. If a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or if the Trigger Availability shall be less than $3,000,000, Borrowers shall hold all payments on, and proceeds of, Accounts in trust for Bank, and, if requested by Bank, Borrowers shall immediately deliver all such payments and proceeds to Bank in their original form, duly endorsed, to be applied to the Obligations pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof unless, provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) a Streamline Period shall be in effect and/or (ii) the Trigger Availability shall be in excess of $3,000,000, all such payments and proceeds need not be applied to the Obligations. Bank may, in its good faith business judgment, require that all proceeds of Accounts be deposited by Borrowers into a lockbox account, or such other “blocked account” as Bank may specify, pursuant to a blocked account agreement in such form as Bank may specify in its good faith business judgment.
            (d)  Returns . Upon the request of Bank, Borrowers shall promptly provide Bank with an Inventory return history.
            (e)  Verification . Bank may, from time to time, verify directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of one of Borrowers or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose.
            (f)  No Liability . Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrowers obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.
      6.4. Remittance of Proceeds . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3(c), deliver, in kind, all proceeds arising from the disposition of any Collateral to Bank in the original form in which received by any Borrower not later than the following Business Day after receipt by such Borrower, to be applied to the Obligations pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof; provided that, if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrowers shall not be obligated to remit to Bank the proceeds of the sale of worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by any Borrower in good faith in an arm’s length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of $250,000 or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year) or of Transfers otherwise permitted by Section 7.1. Each Borrower agrees that it will not commingle proceeds of Collateral with any of such Borrower’s other funds or property, but will hold such proceeds separate and apart from such other funds and property and in an express trust for Bank. Nothing in this Section limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.
      6.5. Taxes; Pensions . Timely file all required material tax returns and reports and timely pay all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by such Borrower except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

- 13 -


 

      6.6. Access to Collateral; Books and Records . At reasonable times, on three (3) Business Days’ notice not more than twice in any calendar year (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Bank, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy each Borrower’s Books, the first of which shall be within six (6) months after the Effective Date. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be $750 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrowers and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrowers cancel or seek to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies), Borrowers shall pay Bank a fee of $1,000 plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.
      6.7. Insurance . Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrowers’ industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank, and all liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. All policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer must give Bank at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Bank’s request, a Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrowers shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to $50,000, in the aggregate, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. If Borrowers fail to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.7 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.7, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.
      6.8. Operating Accounts, Etc.
          (a) Within fifteen (15) Business Days of the Effective Date, deposit into one or more Collateral Accounts maintained with Bank all unrestricted cash of Borrowers in excess of $7,500,000.
          (b) (i) Maintain its and its Subsidiaries’ depository and operating accounts and lock boxes with Bank or (ii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Trigger Availability is equal to or greater than $3,000,000, until such time as all such accounts and lock boxes are established and maintained with Bank, jointly and severally pay to Bank on the last day of each month a fee of $1,500.
          (c) Following the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default or in the event the Trigger Availability shall at anytime be less than $3,000,000, the Borrowers shall, and shall cause their Subsidiaries, to promptly (but in any Event within forty-five (45) days thereof) transfer all depository and operating accounts and lock boxes located within the United Stated (other than a deposit account whose balance at no time exceeds $25,000 and so long as the balance in all such accounts at no time exceeds $100,000) not maintained with Bank to Bank.

-14-


 

          (d) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or its Affiliates or, to the extent that the Union Bank Control Agreement remains in place, Union Bank of California. In addition, for each Collateral Account that Borrowers at any time maintain, Borrowers shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of any Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by such Borrower as such or any deposit account whose balance at no time exceeds $25,000 and so long as the balance in all such accounts at no time exceeds $100,000.
      6.9. Financial Covenants . Borrower shall maintain at all times on a consolidated basis with respect to Holdings and its Subsidiaries (except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) below):
          (a) Senior Leverage Ratio . The ratio of Senior Funded Debt to EBITDA calculated as of the last day of each fiscal quarter for the four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending on such date (the “Senior Leverage Ratio”), of not more than 2.0 to 1.0; provided, however, the Senior Leverage Ratio determined as of (i) June 29, 2006 shall be the Senior Funded Debt as of such date divided by EBITDA for the 2 nd fiscal quarter of 2006 multiplied by 4, (ii) September 30, 2006 shall be the Senior Funded Debt as of such date divided by (EBITDA for the 2 nd and 3 rd fiscal quarters of 2006) multiplied by 2, and (iii) December 31, 2006 shall be the Senior Funded Debt as of such date divided by (EBITDA for the 2 nd , 3 rd and 4 th fiscal quarters of 2006) multiplied by 1.333, in each case calculated on a proforma basis after giving effect to the Acquisition as of the first day of such period.
          (b) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . The ratio of EBITDA to Fixed Charges as of the last day of each fiscal quarter for the two (2) consecutive fiscal quarters ending on such date (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”), of at least 2.0 to 1.0; provided, however, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio determined as of June 29, 2006 shall be EBITDA for the 2 nd fiscal quarter of 2006 divided by Fixed Charges for the 2 nd fiscal quarter of 2006.
          (c) Liquidity . Borrowers’ unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents plus the Committed Availability of at least $5,000,000.
      6.10. Protection and Registration of Intellectual Property Rights . Borrowers shall: (a) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its material Intellectual Property; (b) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of its Intellectual Property; and (c) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrowers’ business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent. If any Borrower decides to register any material copyrights or mask works in the United States Copyright Office, such Borrower shall: (x) provide Bank with at least five (5) days prior written notice of its intent to register such copyrights or mask works together with a copy of the application it intends to file with the United States Copyright Office (excluding exhibits thereto); (y) execute an Intellectual Property security agreement or such other documents as Bank may reasonably request to maintain the perfection and priority of Bank’s security interest in the copyrights or mask works intended to be registered with the United States Copyright Office; and (z) record such Intellectual Property security agreement with the United States Copyright Office contemporaneously with filing the copyright or mask work application(s) with the United States Copyright Office. Borrowers shall promptly provide to Bank a copy of any such application(s) filed with the United States Copyright Office together with evidence of the recording of the Intellectual Property security agreement necessary for Bank to maintain the perfection and priority of its security interest in such copyrights or mask works. Borrowers shall provide written notice to Bank of any material application filed by any Borrower in the

-15-


 

United States Patent and Trademark Office for a patent or to register a trademark or service mark within 30 days after any such filing.
      6.11. Identification of Subsidiaries; Provision of Collateral .
          (a) If and whenever any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of a Borrower shall be created, formed or acquired by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries at any time after the Effective Date:
     (i) furnish to Bank a written notice identifying such Subsidiary and setting forth with respect to such Subsidiary all of the following information: (A) the State or other jurisdiction of organization or formation of each such Person; (B) the number of authorized and outstanding shares or other units of each class of equity interests in each such Person; and (C) with respect to each Subsidiary of such Borrower, (1) each Person which owns or controls (whether legally or beneficially) any of the equity interests of each such Subsidiary, and (2) the number of shares or units of each class or kind of equity interests so owned or controlled by each such Person; and
     (ii) promptly comply with, and cause such Subsidiary to comply with, the applicable terms of paragraph (b) of this Section 6.11.
          (b) Promptly (and in any event within five (5) days) after the creation or formation or the consummation of the acquisition of any new Subsidiary of the Borrower:
     (i) in the case of any acquisition of equity interests of any such Subsidiary by a Borrower or its Subsidiaries, whether in connection with the creation, formation or acquisition of a Subsidiary or otherwise: (A) deliver or cause to be delivered to Bank in pledge all of the certificates, if any, representing such equity interests, such equity interests together with transfer or stock powers to be held by Bank in pledge in accordance with the terms of the Securities Pledge Agreement (provided that no such Domestic Subsidiary shall be required to pledge more than 65% of the equity interests in any of its Foreign Subsidiaries); and (B) cause such Subsidiary to execute and deliver to Bank (1) joinder agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank upon the terms of which such Subsidiary shall become a party to and bound by (a) this Agreement as a “Borrower” or by a guaranty as a “guarantor”, (b) an intellectual property security agreement substantially in the form of the IP Security Agreements, and (c) a securities pledge agreement in substantially the form of the Securities Pledge Agreement, the effect of which shall be that, as of the date set forth in such joinder agreements, such Subsidiary shall become a party to each such instrument, as applicable, and be bound by the terms thereof, (2) a duly completed Perfection Certificate, and (3) such UCC financing statements and other security instruments as shall be reasonably required by Bank to perfect the security interests and Liens in Collateral being pledged and granted by such Subsidiary pursuant to a security agreement and the other collateral documents; and
     (ii) in each such case, provide to Bank all such other documentation, organizational documents and resolutions as Bank shall reasonably deem necessary in connection with such Acquisition or the creation, formation or acquisition of such Subsidiary.

-16-


 

      6.12. Litigation Cooperation . From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, such Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.
      6.13. Further Assurances . Borrower shall execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.
7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
     No Borrower shall do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:
      7.1. Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for (a) Transfers of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) Transfers of worn-out, damaged or obsolete Equipment; (c) Transfers in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) the use or Transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course; (e) the licensing, on a non-exclusive basis, of patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business; (f) Transfers to another Borrower or their respective Subsidiaries, or to Shanghai provided that any such Transfers to Shanghai shall be upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrowers than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person or shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $1,000,000 (in cash plus Equipment) during the term of this Agreement; (g) Transfers in connection with any transaction permitted under Section 7.3 or 7.7; and (h) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, other Transfers (other than Accounts) at fair market value, the net cash proceeds of which shall not exceed $250,000 in any fiscal year.
      7.2. Changes in Business, Control, or Business Locations . (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by such Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) permit or suffer any Change in Control. No Borrower shall without at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than $25,000) in Borrowers’ assets or property), (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name (except in connection with the Acquisition on the Effective Date), or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization; provided that a Borrower may change its name so long as such Borrower notifies Bank of such change within twenty (20) days prior to the effectiveness thereof and provides any financing statements necessary to perfect and continue perfected the Bank’s liens in the Collateral.
      7.3. Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, except (i) in connection with the Acquisition on the Effective Date; (ii) a Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Domestic Subsidiary or into a Borrower, or (iii) in connection with any transaction permitted under Section 7.7.
      7.4. Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

-17-


 

      7.5. Encumbrance . (a) Except for Permitted Liens, create, incur, or allow any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein; or (b) be a party to any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting any Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of such Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except for (i) any such restrictions and conditions imposed by law or regulation or by any Loan Document or Merger Document; (ii) any such restrictions and conditions permitted under Section 7.1 hereof or the definition of “Permitted Lien” herein, (iii) any such restrictions and conditions existing on the date hereof (but shall not apply to any extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification expanding the scope of, any such restriction or condition), (iv) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of any assets pending such sale, provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the assets that are to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder; (v) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness; (vi) customary provisions in leases or licenses of Intellectual Property restricting the assignment thereof; and (vii) any such restrictions or conditions (A) on cash or other deposits imposed by lessors or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case, under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, or (B) existing under, by reason of or with respect to Indebtedness incurred to refinance any Indebtedness, in each case as permitted under Section 7.4; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced.
      7.6. Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8(b) hereof.
      7.7. Investments; Distributions . (a) Directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; or (b) pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock (“Restricted Payments”), provided that (i) each Borrower or any Subsidiary may pay dividends solely in common stock; (ii) any Subsidiary of Borrowers may pay dividends to its direct parent, (iii) any Loan Party may make Restricted Payments in connection with the consummation of the Acquisition or any other transaction contemplated by the Merger Documents as in effect on the Effective Date, (iv) Sieger may make advances to each of its members (collectively, the “Member Advances”) in an amount sufficient to cover that member’s actual tax liability due and payable as a result of income of Sieger attributed to the member during any period that Sieger is eligible for taxation as a limited liability company under the Internal Revenue Code; provided, however, that no Member Advances may be made if, at the time thereof, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom; (v) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, each Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to Holdings to permit Holdings to (A) purchase or redeem its stock in connection with and pursuant to the terms of employee benefit and stock option plans, in an amount not exceed, in the aggregate, $500,000 during the term of this Agreement, or (B) pay income taxes, franchise fees and other fees required to maintain its existence and provide for other operating costs; (vi) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, any Loan Party may make Restricted Payments that constitute (or permit Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to pay) fees permitted by Section 7.8; and (vii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, make Restricted Payments to Holdings solely for the purpose of making Investments by Holdings in Shanghai that do not exceed $1,000,000 (in cash plus Equipment) per annum.

-18-


 

      7.8. Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrowers, except for (i) transactions that are upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrowers than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person which would be otherwise permitted hereunder; (ii) the payment of reasonable fees, compensation to, and any indemnity provided for the benefit of, outside directors of Holdings; (iii) the consummation of the Acquisition or any other related transaction contemplated by the Merger Documents as in effect on the Effective Date and the entering into or payment of any amount in connection therewith; (iv) transactions permitted under Section 7.3; (v) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.7(b); and (vi) Investments permitted under Section 7.7(a).
      7.9. Subordinated Debt . Make or permit to be made any payment on any Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.
8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
     Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:
      8.1. Payment Default . Any Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within ten (10) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable. During the cure period, the failure to cure the payment default is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);
      8.2. Covenant Default .
          (a) Any Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2 within five (5) days after such obligation is required to be performed (but if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such five (5) day grace period shall not be applicable), 6.8, 6.9, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or
          (b) Any Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement, any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in Section 8 below) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within fifteen (15) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the fifteen (15) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by such Borrower be cured within such fifteen (15) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then such Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Grace periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in subsection (a) above;
      8.3. Material Adverse Change . A Material Adverse Change occurs;
      8.4. Attachment . (a) Any material portion of any Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver and the attachment, seizure or levy is not removed in ten (10) days; (b) the service of process upon Bank seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of such Borrower on deposit with Bank, or any entity under control of such Borrower (including a Subsidiary); (c) Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or prevented by court order from

-19-


 

conducting a material part of its business; (d) a judgment or other claim in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate becomes a Lien on any of such Borrower’s assets; or (e) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against any of such Borrower’s assets by any government agency and not paid within ten (10) days after such Borrower receives notice. These are not Events of Default if stayed or if a bond is posted pending contest by such Borrower (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during the cure period);
      8.5. Insolvency . (a) Any Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due; (b) any Borrower voluntarily begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against such Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);
      8.6. Other Agreements . There is a default in any agreement to which any Borrower or Holdings is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a matured right (after giving effect to all applicable notice requirements and grace and cure periods) by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in a principal amount in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), other than and only to the extent any such Indebtedness that is supported, directly or indirectly, by a Letter of Credit issued hereunder;
      8.7. Judgments . A judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance) shall be rendered against any Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days after the entry thereof (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of such judgment);
      8.8. Misrepresentations . Any Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;
      8.9. Subordinated Debt . A default or breach occurs under any agreement between any Borrower and any creditor of such Borrower that signed a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement with Bank, or any creditor that has signed such an agreement with Bank breaches any terms of such agreement; or
      8.10. Guaranty . (a) The Guaranty or any other guaranty of any Obligations terminates or ceases for any reason other than the expiration or voluntary release of such guaranty to be in full force and effect; (b) Guarantor or any other guarantor does not perform any obligation or covenant under the Guaranty of the Obligations; (c) any circumstance described in Sections 8.4, 8.5, 8.7, or 8.8. occurs with respect to Guarantor or any other guarantor, or (d) the liquidation, winding up, or termination of existence of Guarantor or any other guarantor.
9. BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
      9.1. Rights and Remedies . While an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:
          (a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

-20-


 

          (b) stop advancing money or extending credit for any Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between any Borrower and Bank;
          (c) demand that Borrowers (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of any Letters of Credit remaining undrawn, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrowers shall forthwith jointly and severally deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all Letter of Credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;
          (d) terminate any FX Contracts;
          (e) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Person owing any Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;
          (f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Each Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Each Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;
          (g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of each Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of each Borrower;
          (h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, each Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;
          (i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;
          (j) demand and receive possession of each Borrower’s Books; and
          (k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).
      9.2. Power of Attorney . Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse such Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign such Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under such Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse

-21-


 

claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Each Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign such Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of any security interest regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as such Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.
      9.3. Protective Payments . If any Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.7 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which such Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest applicable rate, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide such Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.
      9.4. Application of Payments and Proceeds . Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrowers account balances, payments, or proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, first, to the principal of the Obligations; second, to Bank Expenses, including without limitation, the reasonable costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations and attorneys’ fees incurred by Bank in the exercise of its rights under this Agreement; third, to the interest due upon any of the Obligations; and finally, to any applicable fees and other charges, in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to any Borrowers by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or other Persons legally entitled thereto; each Borrowers shall remain jointly and severally liable to Bank for any deficiency. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from any Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to any Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; each Borrower shall remain jointly and severally liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.
      9.5. Bank’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Each Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.
      9.6. No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by any Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by Bank and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under

-22-


 

this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.
      9.7. Demand Waiver . Each Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.
10. NOTICES
     All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication (collectively, “Communication”), other than Advance requests made pursuant to Section 3.4, by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and be delivered or sent by facsimile at the addresses or facsimile numbers listed below. Bank or Borrower may change its notice address by giving the other party written notice thereof. Each such Communication shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by facsimile transmission (with such facsimile promptly confirmed by delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States mail as otherwise provided in this Section 10); (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address or facsimile number indicated below. Advance requests made pursuant to Section 3.4 must be in writing and may be in the form of electronic mail, delivered to Bank by Borrower at the e-mail address of Bank provided below and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered when sent (with such electronic mail promptly confirmed by delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States mail as otherwise provided in this Section 10). Bank or Borrower may change its address, facsimile number, or electronic mail address by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.
         
 
  If to Borrower:   Ultra Clean Technology Systems and Services, Inc.
 
      150 Independence Drive
 
      Menlo Park, CA 94025
 
      Attn: Jack Sexton
 
      Fax: 650-326-0929
 
      Email: jsexton@uct.com
 
       
 
  If to Bank:   Silicon Valley Bank — Mail Sort NC 200
 
      3979 Freedom Circle, Suite 600
 
      Santa Clara, CA 95054
 
      Attn: Chitra Arunachalam
 
      Fax: 408-654-5517
 
      Email: carunachalam@svb.com
11. CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER
     California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor

-23-


 

of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.
     TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.
     WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and order applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to the California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.
12. GENERAL PROVISIONS
      12.1. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. No Borrower may assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s

-24-


 

discretion) and Bank may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Borrowers’ prior written consent (unless a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing); provided that Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
      12.2. Indemnification . Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “Claims”) asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses incurred, or paid by Bank from, following, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
      12.3. Limitation of Actions . Any claim or cause of action by Borrower against Bank, its directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank based upon, arising from, or relating to this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any other transaction contemplated hereby or thereby or relating hereto or thereto, or any other matter, cause or thing whatsoever, occurred, done, omitted or suffered to be done by Bank, its directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants or attorneys, shall be barred unless asserted by Borrower by the commencement of an action or proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction by the filing of a complaint within one year after the first act, occurrence or omission upon which such claim or cause of action, or any part thereof, is based, and the service of a summons and complaint on an officer of Bank, or on any other person authorized to accept service on behalf of Bank, within thirty (30) days thereafter. Borrower agrees that such one-year period is a reasonable and sufficient time for Borrower to investigate and act upon any such claim or cause of action. The one-year period provided herein shall not be waived, tolled, or extended except by the written consent of Bank in its sole discretion. This provision shall survive any termination of this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.
      12.4. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.
      12.5. Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.
      12.6. Amendments in Writing; Integration . All amendments to this Agreement must be in writing signed by both Bank and Borrower. This Agreement and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement and the Loan Documents merge into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.
      12.7. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, are an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.
      12.8. Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to

-25-


 

indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.
      12.9. Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; and (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under this Agreement. Confidential information does not include information that either: (i) is in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) is disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.
      12.10. Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.
      12.11. Waiver of Surety Defenses . To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Borrower hereby waives any and all defenses and rights of discharge based upon suretyship or impairment of collateral (including lack of attachment or perfection with respect thereto) that it may now have or may hereafter acquire with respect to Bank or any of its Obligations hereunder, under any Loan Document or under any other agreement that it may have or may hereafter enter into with Bank.
      12.12. Joint and Several Obligations and Related Matters . The obligations of each Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be joint and several in nature notwithstanding which Borrower actually or directly received the proceeds of any particular Credit Extension. Each Borrower acknowledges that for purposes of the Loan Documents, Borrowers constitute a single integrated financial entity or enterprise and that each receives a benefit from the availability of the financing hereunder to all Borrowers. Each Borrower waives all defenses arising under the laws of suretyship, to the extent that such laws are applicable, in connection with its joint and several obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
      12.13. Subordination of Claims . As further consideration for the Credit Extensions by the Bank Borrowers and as a material inducement to Bank to make the Credit Extensions and accept this Agreement, each Borrower hereby irrevocably subordinates in all respects all claims, whether based in equity or law, whether by contract, statute or otherwise, that it might now or hereafter have against other Borrower or that arise from the existence or performance of the Obligations under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification, or participation, to any and all of the Obligations of such Borrower to Bank hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.
      12.14. USA PATRIOT Act Notice . Bank hereby notifies Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrowers, which information includes the name and address of Borrowers and other information that will allow Bank to identify Borrowers in accordance with the Act.

-26-


 

      12.15. Name Change of Pete Acquisition to UCT Sieger Engineering LLC . Substantially simultaneously with the consummation of the Acquisition, the name of Pete Acquisition LLC shall be changed to UCT Sieger Engineering LLC by filing such name change with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. From and after such time, all references to Sieger shall mean UCT Sieger Engineering LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
13. DEFINITIONS
      13.1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
     “Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.
     “Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
     “Acquisition” means the mergers and acquisitions resulting in the acquisition of Sieger by Holdings on or prior to the Effective Date as contemplated the Merger Documents.
     “Advance” or “Advances” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Line.
     “Affiliate” of any Person is a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.
     “Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.
     “Availability Amount” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the Borrowing Base minus (b) the amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) plus an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserves, minus (c) the FX Reserve, and minus (d) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services).
     “Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.
     “Bank Expenses” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) of Bank for preparing, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred by Bank with respect to Borrower.
     “Bankruptcy-Related Defaults” is defined in Section 9.1.
     “Borrower” and “Borrowers” is defined in the preamble hereof.
     “Borrowers’ Books” are all Borrowers’ books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrowers’ assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

-27-


 

     “Borrowing Base” is 80% of Eligible Accounts less Reserves as determined by Bank from Borrowers’ most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral.
     “Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions adopted by such Person’s Board of Directors or members and delivered by such Person to Bank approving the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, together with a certificate executed by its secretary or other authorized officer on behalf of such Person certifying that (a) such Person has the authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) that attached as Exhibit A to such certificate is a true, correct, and complete copy of the resolutions then in full force and effect authorizing and ratifying the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) the name(s) of the Person(s) authorized to execute the Loan Documents on behalf of such Person, together with a sample of the true signature(s) of such Person(s), and (d) that Bank may conclusively rely on such certificate unless and until such Person shall have delivered to Bank a further certificate canceling or amending such prior certificate.
     “Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.
     “Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”); (c) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and, at the time of acquisition, having the highest rating from either S&P or Moody’s; (d) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; (e) Deposit Accounts, certificates of deposit or, bankers’ acceptances or time deposits maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by or guaranteed by or placed with any bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000; (f) Deposit Accounts maintained with (i) any bank that satisfies the criteria described in clause (e) above or (ii) any other bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof so long as the amount maintained with any such other bank is less than or equal to $100,000; (g) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria in clause (e) above; (h) money market funds substantially all of the assets of which are invested in the kinds of assets described in clauses (a) through (g) of this definition. In addition, for all purposes hereunder other than the calculation of the liquidity covenant set forth in Section 6.9(c), Cash Equivalents shall also include foreign investments substantially comparable to any of the foregoing in connection with managing cash of any Subsidiary having operations in a foreign country.
     “Cash Management Services” is defined in Section 2.1.4.
     “Cash Management Services Sublimit” is defined in Section 2.1.4.
     “Change in Control” means any event, transaction, or occurrence as a result of which Holdings shall directly or indirectly own less than 100% of the outstanding capital stock of any Subsidiary.

-28-


 

     “Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes on the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.
     “Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .
     “Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.
     “Collateral Assignment of Merger Documents” that certain Collateral Assignment of Merger Documents executed and delivered by Holdings and Borrowers to Bank dated as of the Effective Date.
     “Committed Availability” means, as the date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the Revolving Line availability minus all outstanding Credit Extensions.
     “Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
     “Communication” is defined in Section 10.
     “Compliance Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .
     “Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any Indebtedness or any obligation referred to in clauses (b) and (c) below of another such as an obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.
     “Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which any Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity account, such Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.
     “Credit Extension” is any Advance, Letter of Credit, Term Loan, FX Forward Contract, amount utilized for Cash Management Services, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

-29-


 

     “Current Assets” are amounts that under GAAP should be included on that date as current assets on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet.
     “Default” means any event which with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
     “Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.3(b).
     “Deferred Revenue” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.
     “Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
     “Designated Deposit Account” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number 3300538419, maintained with Bank.
     “Dollars,” “dollars” and “$” each mean lawful money of the United States.
     “Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.
     “EBITDA” shall mean (a) Net Income, plus to the extent included in the determination of Net Income, (b) net Interest Expense, plus (c) depreciation expense, (d) amortization expense, (e) income tax expense, (f) all other charges which are both non-cash and non-recurring, (g) any non-cash amounts related to the granting of stock options in accordance with FAS 123R, plus (h) all non-cash income.
     “Effective Date” is the date Bank executes this Agreement and as indicated on the signature page hereof.
     “Eligible Accounts” are Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of each Borrower’s business that meet all such Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right at any time and from time to time after the Effective Date, to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank agrees otherwise in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:
          (a) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;
          (b) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, fifty percent (50%) or more of whose Accounts have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;
          (c) Credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;
          (d) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, including Affiliates, whose total obligations to any Borrower exceed thirty-five (35%) of all Accounts, except for Applied Materials and Lam Research, for which such percentages shall be 60% and 40%, respectively, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing;
          (e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States unless (y) the Account is supported by an irrevocable letter of credit

-30-


 

           advised and negotiated through Bank and satisfactory to Bank (as to form, substance, and issuer or domestic confirming bank), or (z) the Account is covered by credit insurance in form, substance, and amount, and by an insurer, satisfactory to Bank;
          (f) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a federal government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof except for Accounts of the United States if each Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;
          (g) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise — sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts), with the exception of customary credits, adjustments and/or discounts given to an Account Debtor by Borrower in the ordinary course of its business;
          (h) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, “bill and hold”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;
          (i) (1) Accounts for which the Account Debtor (if other than a Permitted Portfolio Company) is a Borrower’s Affiliate, officer or employee and (2) with respect to Accounts as to which the Account Debtor is a Permitted Portfolio Company, to the extent the amount of such Accounts exceeds 10% of all Eligible Accounts;
          (j) Accounts in which the Account Debtor has made a claim disputing liability (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or goes out of business;
          (k) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received Deferred Revenue (but only to the extent of such Deferred Revenue);
          (l) Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful; and
          (m) other Accounts Bank deems ineligible in the exercise of its good faith business judgment.
     “Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.
     “Equipment Financing” means the equipment financing provided by U.S. Bancorp Equipment Finance, Inc (“USBancorp”) to Sieger evidenced by a Master Loan Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006 between USBancorp and Sieger and guarantied by Holdings and Ultra Clean, including any refinancing thereof.
     “ERISA” is the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.
     “Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.

-31-


 

     “Fixed Charges” means, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, principal and interest of Indebtedness of Guarantor, Borrowers and their Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis.
     “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” is defined in Section 6.9(b).
     “Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.
     “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
     “Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or on account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.
     “FX Business Day” is any day when (a) Bank’s Foreign Exchange Department is conducting its normal business and (b) the Foreign Currency being purchased or sold by Borrower is available to Bank from the entity from which Bank shall buy or sell such Foreign Currency.
     “FX Forward Contract” is defined in Section 2.1.3.
     “FX Reserve” is defined in Section 2.1.3.
     “GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.
     “General Intangibles” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, any trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.
     “Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).
     “Guarantor” is Holdings.
     “Guaranty” is an unconditional guaranty of all the Obligations, in the form of Exhibit   D or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Bank.
     “Holdings” is Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the parent of Borrowers.

-32-


 

     “Holdings IP Security Agreement” means an Intellectual Property Security Agreement executed and delivered by Holdings to Bank dated as of the Effective Date.
     “Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.
     “Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.
     “Interest Expense” means for any fiscal period, interest expense (whether cash or non-cash) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of any Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.
     “Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest, members interests or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.
     “Intellectual Property” means all present and future (a) copyrights, copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished, (b) trade secret rights, including all rights to unpatented inventions and know how, and confidential information; (c) mask work or similar rights available for the protection of semiconductor chips; (d) patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same; (e) trademarks, servicemarks, trade styles, and trade names, whether or not any of the foregoing are registered, and all applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of any Borrower connected with and symbolized by any such trademarks; (f) computer software and computer software products; (g) designs and design rights; (h) technology; (i) all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above; and (j) all licenses or other rights to use any property or rights of a type described above.
     “IP Security Agreements” the Holdings IP Security Agreement and the Ultra Clean IP Security Agreement.
     “L/C Sublimit” is defined in Section 2.1.2.(a).
     “Letter of Credit” means any documentary or standby letter of credit issued by Bank or another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Bank as set forth in Section 2.1.2.
     “Letter of Credit Application” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a).
     “Letter of Credit Reserve” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.2(d).

-33-


 

     “Lien” is a mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.
     “Loan Amount” in respect of each Equipment Advance is the original principal amount of such Equipment Advance.
     “Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Perfection Certificates, the IP Security Agreements, the Securities Pledge Agreement, the Collateral Assignment of Merger Documents, any note, or notes or guaranties or post-closing letter agreements executed by a Borrower, Guarantor or any other guarantor, and any other present or future agreement between a Borrower, Guarantor, any other guarantor and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.
     “Loan Party” means Borrowers and Guarantor.
     “Material Adverse Change” is a material adverse change in (i) the business, operations, or condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (ii) the ability of Borrower to repay the Obligations hereunder under the Loan Documents or (iii) the priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.
     “Merger Documents” means, collectively the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as June 29, 2006, among Sieger Engineering, Inc., Leonid Mezhvinsky, Holdings, Bob Acquisition Inc., Pete Acquisition LLC and the other “Sellers” specified therein, all related documents and certificates executed and/or delivered in connection therewith, and all schedules, exhibits, annexes and amendments thereto and all material side letters and agreements affecting the terms thereof or to be entered into in connection therewith.
     “Net Borrowing Availability” is defined in Section 2.1.1 (a).
     “Net Income” means, for any date of determination, as calculated on a consolidated basis for Holdings and its Subsidiaries for any period, the net profit (or loss), after provision for taxes, of Guarantor, Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period taken as a single accounting period.
     “Obligations” are Borrowers’ obligation to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrowers owe Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to Letters of Credit, Cash Management Services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrowers assigned to Bank, and the performance of Borrowers’ duties under the Loan Documents.
     “Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as filed with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than 30 days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.
     “Payment/Advance Form” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B .
     “Perfection Certificate” is defined in Section 5.1.

-34-


 

     “Permitted Indebtedness” is:
               (a) Borrowers’ Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
               (b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;
               (c) Subordinated Debt;
               (d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors and with respect to surety bonds and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;
               (e) Indebtedness in respect of the Equipment Financing not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate;
               (f) Indebtedness (other than the Obligations, but including capitalized lease obligations) of any Borrower or their Subsidiaries incurred at the time of, or within 90 days after, the acquisition, construction, restoration or improvement of any assets for the purpose of financing all or any part of the acquisition cost thereof in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time, together with any refinancings thereof, not in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate;
               (g) Indebtedness comprising Permitted Investments;
               (h) Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any Borrower with respect to indemnities and purchase price adjustment obligations under the Merger Documents;
               (i) Indebtedness in connection with Contingent Obligations of the type described in clause (c) of the definition thereof) entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
               (j) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $250,000 secured by Permitted Liens;
               (k) Indebtedness owing to any officers or directors of Borrowers, provided that the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness does not exceed $25,000 outstanding at any time and only to the extent it is Subordinated Debt;
               (l) other unsecured Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 not exceeding $250,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time
               (m) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $250,000 secured by Permitted Liens;
               (n) Indebtedness owing to any officers or directors of Borrowers, provided that the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness does not exceed $25,000 and only to the extent it is Subordinated Debt;
               (o) other Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 not exceeding $50,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time; and

- 35 -


 

               (p) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (g) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.
     “Permitted Investments” are:
               (a) Investments shown on the Perfection Certificate and existing on the Effective Date;
               (b) (i) cash and Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any other Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that any material changes in such investment policy after the Effective Date has been approved by Bank;
               (c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrowers;
               (d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest or that are permitted under Section 6.8(c);
               (e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;
               (f) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Domestic Subsidiaries or Borrower and Investments by Borrower in Domestic Subsidiaries and Investments in Shanghai, provided that any such Investments in Shanghai shall be upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrowers than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person or shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $1,000,000 in cash and Equipment during the term of this Agreement;
               (g) Investments consisting of travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business;
               (h) Investments (including debt obligations) received (i) in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers, (ii) in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers effected in the ordinary course of business or (iii) upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower;
               (i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates (other than Permitted Portfolio Companies), in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;
               (j) Investments in connection with the Acquisition;
               (k) Investments consisting of guarantees constituting of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.1; and
               (l) other Investments not otherwise permitted by clauses (a) through (k) not exceeding $250,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

- 36 -


 

     “Permitted Liens” are:
               (a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and described in the Perfection Certificate; and Liens arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
               (b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not delinquent or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which the applicable Borrower or Subsidiary maintains adequate reserves on its Books, if they have no priority over any of Bank’s Liens;
               (c) the Liens solely on Equipment financed by the Equipment Financing;
               (d) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by each Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than $500,000 in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;
               (e) Liens arising by operation of law in favor of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords, laborers, suppliers and other Persons imposed, provided that such Liens either (i) were incurred in the ordinary course of either Borrowers’ any Subsidiary’s business and not in connection with the borrowing of money, and (A) are for sums not yet delinquent more than 60 days past due or (ii) are being contested in good faith and for which the applicable Borrower or Subsidiary maintains adequate reserves on its Books or (ii) have no priority over any of Bank’s Lien and the aggregate amount of obligations secured by such Liens does not at any time exceed $100,000;
               (f) Liens arising in connection with workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;
               (g) Liens arising from pledges and deposits made as security for appeal bonds in connection with obtaining such bonds in the ordinary course of business;
               (h) inchoate and unperfected Liens for escheat or use taxes that are not the subject of any judgment or other asserted claim for the payment of money;
               (i) with respect to any real property, reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights of way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases and other title exceptions and zoning restrictions and similar encumbrances that (i) do not materially interfere with or impair the use or operation thereof and (ii) are not Environmental Liens;
               (j) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of business, and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of property (other than real property or Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrowers’ businesses, if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest;
               (k) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;
               (l) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.4 or 8.7; and

- 37 -


 

               (m) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts or the amounts on deposit in such account comply with Section 6.8(d);
               (n) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations in an aggregate amount not exceeding $250,000 outstanding at any time; and
               (o) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the obligations secured by Liens described in clauses (a), (c), (d), (m) and (n), provided any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the obligations secured thereby may not increase.
     “Permitted Portfolio Company” means a portfolio company of the private equity fund of Francisco Partners.
     “Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.
     “Prime Rate” is Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate.
     “Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made
     “Reserves” means reserves established by Bank from time to time against Eligible Accounts of Borrowers that Bank may, in its reasonable credit judgment, establish from time to time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Reserves established to ensure the payment of accrued Interest Expense or Indebtedness shall be deemed to be a reasonable exercise of Bank’s credit judgment.
     “Responsible Officer” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chief Financial Officer of each Borrower.
     “Revolving Line” is an Advance or Advances in an aggregate amount of up to $25,000,000 outstanding at any time.
     “Revolving Line Maturity Date” is June 29, 2009.
     “Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
     “Securities Pledge Agreement” that certain Securities Pledge Agreement executed and delivered by Holdings to Bank dated as of the Effective Date.
     “Senior Funded Debt” means, on any day, the principal amount of Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Debt) that would, under GAAP, be classified as indebtedness on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on such date.
     “Senior Leverage Ratio” is defined in Section 6.9(a).
     “Settlement Date” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

- 38 -


 

     “Shanghai” means Ultra Clean Technology (Shanghai) Co., LTD.
     “Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Holdings and its Subsidiaries subordinated to all of Holdings’ and its Subsidiaries’ now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.
     “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Person of which more than 50% of the voting stock or other equity interests is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more Affiliates of such Person.
     “Term Loan” is a loan made by Bank pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1.5 hereof.
     “Term Loan Amount” is an aggregate amount equal to $7,500,000 outstanding at any time.
     “Term Loan Maturity Date” is June 29, 2009.
     “Term Loan Payment” is defined in Section 2.1.5(b).
     “Transaction Report” is that certain report in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, including, without limitation, sales journals, collection journals, and credit memorandum attached thereto.
     “Transfer” is defined in Section 7.1.
     “Trigger Availability” means the sum of (i) Eligible Accounts multiplied by the advance rate then in effect as set forth in the definition of Borrowing Base minus (ii) the sum of all outstanding Obligations to Bank in respect of the Revolving Line, the Term Loan and all outstanding Letters of Credit, plus (iii) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrowers.
     “Ultra Clean IP Security Agreement” means an Intellectual Property Security Agreement executed and delivered by Ultra Clean to Bank dated as of the Effective Date.
     “Union Bank Control Agreement” means the Three Party Lockbox and Deposit Account Control Agreement, of even date herewith, among Union Bank of California, Bank and Borrowers.
[Signature Page Follows]

- 39 -


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.
BORROWERS:
BOB ACQUISITION INC. (and any successor by merger)
PETE ACQUISITION LLC (to be renamed UCT Sieger Engineering LLC)
ULTRA CLEAN TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS AND SERVICE, INC.
       
   
By:   /s/ Jack Sexton    
  Name:   Jack Sexton   
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer   

 


 

         
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
       
   
By:   /s/ Maria Fischer Leaf    
  Name:   Maria Fischer Leaf   
  Title:   Senior Relationship Manager   

 


 

EXHIBIT A
The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:
     All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles, commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and
     all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the “Collateral” does not include more than 65% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter.


 

EXHIBIT B
Loan Payment/Advance Request Form
Deadline for same day processing is Noon P .S.T. *
         
Fax To:
  Date:    
 
       

LOAN PAYMENT:
[Insert Borrower name]
         
From Account #
                To Account
 
       
             
#
           
         
 
      (Deposit Account #)   (Loan Account #)
         
Principal $
                and/or Interest
 
       
         
$
       
 
       
             
Authorized Signature:
                          Phone Number:    
 
           
         
Print Name/Title:
       
 
       
 

Loan Advance:
Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.
         
From Account #
                To Account
 
       
             
#
           
         
 
      (Loan Account #)   (Deposit Account #)
         
Amount of Advance $
       
 
       
All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:
             
Authorized Signature:
                          Phone Number:    
 
           
         
Print Name/Title:
       
 
       
 

Outgoing Wire Request:
Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.
Deadline for same day processing is noon, P.S.T.
             
Beneficiary Name:
           
     
 
      Amount of Wire: $    
 
           
Beneficiary Bank:
           
     
 
      Account Number:    
 
           
             
City and State:
           
         
                 
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:       Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):    
 
               
 
          (For International Wire Only)    
      
 
    * Unless otherwise provided for an Advance bearing interest at LIBOR.

1


 

             
Intermediary Bank:
                Transit (ABA) #:    
 
           
For Further Credit to:
           
     
 
           
Special Instruction:
           
     
By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).
         
Authorized Signature:
                2 nd Signature (if required):
 
       
 
       
     
         
Print Name/Title:
                Print Name/Title:
 
       
 
       
     
             
Telephone #:
                Telephone #:    
 
           

2


 

EXHIBIT C
Perfection Certificate Form
PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
1.   The legal name of the [Borrower][Guarantor] is                      . (the “Company”).
 
2.   The Company was formed on                      in                      as a                      . Since its formation, the Company has had the following legal names (other than its current legal name):
         
 
      Date Company’s Name
 
  Prior Name   Was Changed From Such Name
 
       
3.   The Company does business under the following trade names:
         
 
  Trade Name   Is This Name Registered?
 
       
4.   The Company has the following places of business or has assets located at the following locations:
             
 
  Address   Owner of Location   Brief Description of Assets
 
           
5.   The Company owns the following domestic and foreign registered patents and patent applications:
             
 
  Title of Patent   Registration/Application No.   Registration/Filing Date
 
           
6.   The Company owns the following domestic and foreign registered and applied for trademarks, tradenames and service marks:
             
 
  Trademarks, Tradenames or        
 
  Service Marks   Registration/Application No.   Registration/Filing Date
 
           

1


 

7.   The Company owns the following domestic and foreign copyrights and copyright registrations:
             
 
  Description of Copyright   Registration No.   Registration Date
 
           
8.   The Company uses the following material unregistered copyrights in the ordinary course of its business:
 
    Description of Copyright
 
9.   The following is a complete list of pending and threatened litigation or claims involving amounts claimed against Company in an indefinite amount or in excess of $50,000 in each case:
 
10.   The Company’s federal employer I.D. number is:
 
11.   The Company’s organizational I.D. number is                                                       .
 
12.   The Company’s assets are subject to the following security interests:
         
 
  Assets   Name and Address of Secured Party
 
       
14.   The Company has investments in excess of $50,000 (calculated at the higher of cost or market value) in equity or debt securities of the following entities (other than subsidiaries):
         
 
  Name of Entity   Nature and Amount of Investment
 
       
15.   The Company maintains the following deposit accounts (including demand, time, savings, passbook or similar accounts):
             
 
  Name and Address of Depository        
 
  Institution   Type and Account No.   Account Holder
 
           
16.   The Company beneficially owns “investment property” in the following securities accounts:
             
 
  Name and Address of Securities        
 
  Intermediary   Type and Account No.   Account Holder
 
           

2


 

17.   The Company has the following subsidiaries:
             
 
      State of Formation or   Percentage Owned by
 
  Name of Subsidiary   Organization   Entity
 
           
18.   True and correct copies of the Company’s organizational/charter documents are attached.

3


 

     The undersigned hereby certifies that the foregoing information contained on this Perfection Certificate is true and correct in all material respects as of June 29, 2006.
         
 
       
     
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
 
       
    Printed Name:
    Title:

4


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
     This FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of July 1, 2006 (this “Amendment”), is by and among ULTRA CLEAN TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS AND SERVICE, INC., a California company (“Ultra Clean”) and UCT SIEGER ENGINEERING LLC (f/k/a Pete Acquisition LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (“Sieger” and Ultra Clean, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”) and SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (the “Bank”).
      WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the Bank are parties to a certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, and as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”);
      WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the Bank desire to amend the Loan Agreement as provided herein;
      NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements contained in the Loan Agreement and herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
      §1. Defined Terms . Terms not otherwise defined herein which are defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same respective meanings herein as therein.
      §2. Amendments to the Loan Agreement . The Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
     (a) Section 6.8(a) of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the words “Within fifteen (15) Business Days of the Effective Date” and replacing them with the words “On or before October 1, 2006 or as soon as reasonably practical thereafter”.
     (b) Section 6.9(c) of the Loan Agreement is amended by adding the following new sentence at the end thereof:
     “Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the amount equal to the Borrowing Base minus all outstanding Credit Extensions is greater than the Committed Availability, such amount shall be used in place of the Committed Availability solely for purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenant set forth in this Section 6.9(c) at all times for the period from and after July 1, 2006 through and until January 31, 2007.”
     (c) Section 8.2(a) of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the reference to Section “6.8” and replacing it with a reference to Sections “6.8(b)-(d)”.
      §3. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed to be effective as of July 1, 2006, upon receipt by the Bank of a counterpart signature page to this Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrowers and the Bank.

 


 

      §4. Representations and Warranties . Each of the Borrowers hereby represents and warrants to the Bank as follows:
     (a) Representation and Warranties in the Loan Agreement. The representations and warranties of each of the Borrowers contained in the Loan Agreement were true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made and continue to be true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof, except to the extent of changes resulting from transactions or events contemplated or permitted by the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents and changes occurring in the ordinary course of business that singly or in the aggregate are not materially adverse to the Borrowers, or to the extent that such representations and warranties relate expressly to an earlier date.
     (b) Ratification , Etc. Except as expressly amended or waived hereby, the Loan Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all documents, instruments and agreements related thereto, are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. The Loan Agreement, together with this Amendment, shall be read and construed as a single agreement. All references in the Loan Documents to the Loan Agreement shall hereafter refer to the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document as amended hereby.
     (c) Authority, Etc. The execution and delivery by the Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by the Borrowers of all of their respective agreements and obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as amended hereby are within the corporate authority of each such Borrower and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such Borrower.
     (d) Enforceability of Obligations . This Amendment and the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as amended hereby constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrowers enforceable against each of the Borrowers in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability is limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and except to the extent that availability of the remedy of specific performance or injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
     (e) No Default . No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
      §5. No Other Amendments . Except as expressly provided in this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain in full force and effect. Nothing contained in this Amendment shall in any way prejudice, impair or effect any rights or remedies of the Bank or the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
      §6. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which together shall constitute one instrument.
      §7. Bank Expenses . Borrowers shall jointly and severally pay to Bank all Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, plus expenses, for documentation and negotiation of this Amendment.
      §8. Miscellaneous . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND SHALL FOR ALL

2


 

PURPOSES BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW). The captions in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof.
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. ]

3


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as a document under seal as of the date first above written.
             
      ULTRA CLEAN TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS AND SERVICE, INC.
      UCT SIEGER ENGINEERING LLC
    
              
 
           
     By:   /s/ Jack Sexton    
         
     Name:   Jack Sexton    
     Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
   
             
 
           
      SILICON VALLEY BANK
    
              
 
           
     By:   /s/ Maria Fischer Leaf    
         
     Name:   Maria Fischer Leaf    
     Title:   Senior Relationship Manager    

 


 

RATIFICATION OF GUARANTY
     The undersigned Guarantor hereby acknowledges and consents to the foregoing Amendment as of July 1, 2006, and agrees that the Guaranty of such Guarantor in favor of the Bank and all other Loan Documents to which the Guarantor is a party remains in full force and effect, and the Guarantor confirms and ratifies all of its obligations thereunder.
             
      ULTRA CLEAN HOLDINGS, INC. ,
     a Delaware corporation
    
              
 
           
     By:   /s/ Jack Sexton    
         
     Name:   Jack Sexton    
     Title:   Chief Financial Officer    

 


 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
     This SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of May 11, 2007 (this “Amendment”), is by and among ULTRA CLEAN TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS AND SERVICE, INC., a California company (“Ultra Clean”) and UCT SIEGER ENGINEERING LLC (f/k/a Pete Acquisition LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (“Sieger” and Ultra Clean, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”) and SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (the “Bank”).
      WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the Bank are parties to a certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, and as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”);
      WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the Bank desire to amend the Loan Agreement as provided herein;
      NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements contained in the Loan Agreement and herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
      §1. Defined Terms . Terms not otherwise defined herein which are defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same respective meanings herein as therein.
      §2. Amendments to the Loan Agreement . The Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
     (a) Section 7.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting clause (f) of such Section 7.1 and substituting the following therefore:
(f) Transfers to another Borrower or their respective Subsidiaries, or to Shanghai provided that any such Transfers to Shanghai shall be upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrowers than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person and shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $1,000,000 (in cash plus Equipment) during the term of this Agreement; provided , however , the one time Transfer during the Borrowers’ second fiscal quarter of 2007 by Sieger of up to $850,000 of used Equipment to Ultra Clean Micro-Electronics Equipment (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. shall not be subject to or part of the foregoing $1,000,000 limitation.
     (b) Section 7.7 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting clause (a) (vii) of such Section 7.7 and substituting the following therefor.
(vii) So long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, make Restricted Payments to Holdings solely for the purpose of making Investments by Holdings in Shanghai that do not exceed $1,000,000 (in cash plus Equipment) per annum; provided , however , the one time Transfer during the Borrowers’ second fiscal quarter of 2007 by Sieger of up to $850,000 of used Equipment to Ultra Clean Micro-Electronics Equipment (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. shall not be subject to or part of the foregoing $1,000,000 limitation.
     (c) Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended as follows:

 


 

     (i) the definition of “Permitted Investments” set forth in such Section 13.1 is amended by deleting cause (f) of such definition and substituting the following therefor:
(f) provided that any such Investments in Shanghai shall be upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrowers than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person or shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $1,000,000 in cash and Equipment during the term of this Agreement; provided , however , the one time Transfer during the Borrowers’ second fiscal quarter of 2007 by Sieger of up to $850,000 of used Equipment to Ultra Clean Micro-Electronics Equipment (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. shall not be subject to or part of the foregoing $1,000,000 limitation.
     (ii) the definition of “Shanghai” set forth in such Section 13.1 is amended by deleting such definition in its entirety and substituting the following therefor:
“Shanghai” means, collectively, Ultra Clean Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. and Ultra Clean Micro-Electronics Equipment (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
      §3. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed to be effective as of May 11, 2007, upon receipt by the Bank of a counterpart signature page to this Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrowers and the Bank.
      §4. Representations and Warranties . Each of the Borrowers hereby represents and warrants to the Bank as follows:
     (a) Representation and Warranties in the Loan Agreement . The representations and warranties of each of the Borrowers contained in the Loan Agreement were true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made and continue to be true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof, except to the extent of changes resulting from transactions or events contemplated or permitted by the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents and changes occurring in the ordinary course of business that singly or in the aggregate are not materially adverse to the Borrowers, or to the extent that such representations and warranties relate expressly to an earlier date.
     (b) Ratification, Etc. Except as expressly amended or waived hereby, the Loan Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all documents, instruments and agreements related thereto, are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. The Loan Agreement, together with this Amendment, shall be read and construed as a single agreement. All references in the Loan Documents to the Loan Agreement shall hereafter refer to the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document as amended hereby.
     (c) Authority, Etc. The execution and delivery by the Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by the Borrowers of all of their respective agreements and obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as amended hereby are within the corporate authority of each such Borrower and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such Borrower.
     (d) Enforceability of Obligations . This Amendment and the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as amended hereby constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrowers enforceable against each of the Borrowers in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability is limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and except to the

- 2 -


 

extent that availability of the remedy of specific performance or injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
     (e) No Default . No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
      §5. No Other Amendments . Except as expressly provided in this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain in full force and effect. Nothing contained in this Amendment shall in any way prejudice, impair or effect any rights or remedies of the Bank or the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
      §6. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which together shall constitute one instrument.
      §7. Bank Expenses . Borrowers shall jointly and severally pay to Bank all Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, plus expenses, for documentation and negotiation of this Amendment.
      §8. Miscellaneous . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW). The captions in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof.
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. ]

- 3 -


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as a document under seal as of the date first above written.
             
     ULTRA CLEAN TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS AND SERVICE, INC.
     UCT SIEGER ENGINEERING LLC
    
              
 
           
     By:   /s/ Jack Sexton    
         
     Name:   Jack Sexton    
     Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
    
              
 
           
      SILICON VALLEY BANK
    
              
 
           
     By:   /s/ Jean Lee    
         
     Name:   Jean Lee    
     Title:   Relationship Manager    

 


 

RATIFICATION OF GUARANTY
     The undersigned Guarantor hereby acknowledges and consents to the foregoing Amendment as of May 11, 2007, and agrees that the Guaranty of such Guarantor in favor of the Bank and all other Loan Documents to which the Guarantor is a party remains in full force and effect, and the Guarantor confirms and ratifies all of its obligations thereunder.
             
      ULTRA CLEAN HOLDINGS, INC. ,
     a Delaware corporation
    
              
 
           
     By:   /s/ Jack Sexton    
         
     Name:   Jack Sexton    
     Title:   Chief Financial Officer    

 


 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
     This THIRD AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of July 28, 2008 (this “Amendment”), is by and among ULTRA CLEAN TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS AND SERVICE, INC., a California company (“Ultra Clean”) and UCT SIEGER ENGINEERING LLC (f/k/a Pete Acquisition LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (“Sieger” and Ultra Clean, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”) and SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (the “Bank”).
      WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the Bank are parties to a certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006 (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”);
      WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the Bank desire to amend the Loan Agreement as provided herein;
      NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements contained in the Loan Agreement and herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
      §1. Defined Terms . Terms not otherwise defined herein which are defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same respective meanings herein as therein.
      §2. Amendment to the Loan Agreement . Section 7.7(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause (v) thereof and substituting the following therefor:
(v) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, each Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to Holdings to permit Holdings to (A) purchase or redeem its stock in connection with and pursuant to the terms of employee benefit and stock option plans, in an amount not exceed, in the aggregate, $500,000 during the term of this Agreement, (B) purchase or redeem its stock in an amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate prior to June 30, 2009, and (C) pay income taxes, franchise fees and other fees required to maintain its existence and provide for other operating costs;
      §3. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed to be effective as of July 28, 2008, upon receipt by the Bank of a counterpart signature page to this Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrowers and the Bank.
      §4. Representations and Warranties . Each of the Borrowers hereby represents and warrants to the Bank as follows:
(a) Representation and Warranties in the Loan Agreement . The representations and warranties of each of the Borrowers contained in the Loan Agreement were true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made and continue to be true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof, except to the extent of changes resulting from transactions or events contemplated or permitted by the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents and changes occurring in the ordinary course of business that singly or in the aggregate are not materially adverse to the Borrowers, or to the extent that such representations and warranties relate expressly to an earlier date.

 


 

(b) Ratification, Etc. Except as expressly amended or waived hereby, the Loan Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all documents, instruments and agreements related thereto, are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. The Loan Agreement, together with this Amendment, shall be read and construed as a single agreement. All references in the Loan Documents to the Loan Agreement shall hereafter refer to the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document as amended hereby.
(c) Authority, Etc. The execution and delivery by the Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by the Borrowers of all of their respective agreements and obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as amended hereby are within the corporate authority of each such Borrower and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such Borrower.
(d) Enforceability of Obligations . This Amendment and the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as amended hereby constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrowers enforceable against each of the Borrowers in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability is limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and except to the extent that availability of the remedy of specific performance or injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
(e) No Default . No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
      §5. No Other Amendments . Except as expressly provided in this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain in full force and effect. Nothing contained in this Amendment shall in any way prejudice, impair or effect any rights or remedies of the Bank or the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
      §6. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which together shall constitute one instrument.
      §7. Bank Expenses . Borrowers shall jointly and severally pay to Bank all Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), plus expenses, for documentation and negotiation of this Amendment.
      §8. Miscellaneous . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW). The captions in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof.
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. ]

- 2 -


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as a document under seal as of the date first above written.
         
  ULTRA CLEAN TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS AND SERVICE, INC.
UCT SIEGER ENGINEERING LLC

 
  By:   /s/ Jack Sexton    
    Name:   Jack Sexton   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  SILICON VALLEY BANK
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jean Lee    
    Name:   Jean Lee   
    Title:   Relationship Manager   

 


 

RATIFICATION OF GUARANTY
     The undersigned Guarantor hereby acknowledges and consents to the foregoing Amendment as of July 28, 2008, and agrees that the Guaranty of such Guarantor in favor of the Bank and all other Loan Documents to which the Guarantor is a party remains in full force and effect, and the Guarantor confirms and ratifies all of its obligations thereunder.
         
  ULTRA CLEAN HOLDINGS, INC. ,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jack Sexton    
    Name:   Jack Sexton   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 

 


 

FOURTH AMENDMENT AND WAIVER TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
     This FOURTH AMENDMENT AND WAIVER TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of October 15, 2008 (this “Amendment”), is by and among ULTRA CLEAN TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS AND SERVICE, INC., a California company (“Ultra Clean”) and UCT SIEGER ENGINEERING LLC (f/k/a Pete Acquisition LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (“Sieger” and Ultra Clean, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”) and SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (the “Bank”).
      WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the Bank are parties to a certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006 (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”);
      WHEREAS, the Borrowers have advised the Bank that they anticipate that they will not be able to comply with the covenants contained in Section 6.9 of the Loan Agreement for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2008 and acknowledge that such non-compliance shall constitute Events of Default under Section 8 of the Loan Agreement (all such anticipated Events of Default hereinafter referred to as the “Specified Defaults”);
      WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Bank waive the Specified Defaults and amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement and the Bank has agreed to waive such Specified Defaults and amend such provisions;
      NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements contained in the Loan Agreement and herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
      §1. Defined Terms . Terms not otherwise defined herein which are defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same respective meanings herein as therein.
      §2. Waiver of Specified Defaults . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions to effectiveness in Section 4 hereof, the Bank hereby waives the Specified Defaults.
      §3. Amendments to the Loan Agreement . The Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
      3.1 Section 6.9(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new sentence at the end of such Section 6.9(a):
“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6.9(a), solely for the fiscal quarters ending December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009 and June 31, 2009,the Borrower shall not be required to comply with the ratio of Senior Funded Debt to EBITDA as set forth herein.”
      3.2 Section 6.9(b) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new sentence at the end of such Section 6.9(b):
“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6.9(b), solely for the fiscal quarters ending December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009 and June 31, 2009,the Borrower shall not be required to comply with the ratio of EBITDA to Fixed Charges as set forth herein.”

 


 

      3.3 Section 6.9(c) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Section 6.9(c) in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
“(c) Liquidity . Borrowers’ unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents plus the Committed Availability of at least $5,000,000; provided , however , that solely for the fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2008, December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009 and June 31, 2009, the Borrowers’ unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents plus the Committed Availability shall be at least $15,000,000.”
      3.4 Section 6.9 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new Section 6.9(d):
“(d) Minimum EBITDA . Solely for the fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2008, December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009 and June 31, 2009, EBITDA of not less than the following levels:
     
Fiscal Quarter ending:   EBITDA
September 30, 2008   ($1,450,000)
December 31, 2008   ($2,400,000)
March 31, 2009   $1
June 31, 2009   $1
      §4. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed to be effective as of October 15, 2008, upon (i) receipt by the Bank of a counterpart signature page to this Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrowers and the Bank and (ii) the Borrowers shall have paid the Bank an amendment fee in the amount of $5,000.
      §5. Representations and Warranties . Each of the Borrowers hereby represents and warrants to the Bank as follows:
     (a) Representation and Warranties in the Loan Agreement . The representations and warranties of each of the Borrowers contained in the Loan Agreement were true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made and continue to be true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof, except to the extent of changes resulting from transactions or events contemplated or permitted by the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents and changes occurring in the ordinary course of business that singly or in the aggregate are not materially adverse to the Borrowers, or to the extent that such representations and warranties relate expressly to an earlier date.
     (b) Ratification, Etc. Except as expressly amended or waived hereby, the Loan Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all documents, instruments and agreements related thereto, are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. The Loan Agreement, together with this Amendment, shall be read and construed as a single agreement. All references in the Loan Documents to the Loan Agreement shall hereafter refer to the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document as amended hereby.

- 2 -


 

     (c) Authority, Etc. The execution and delivery by the Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by the Borrowers of all of their respective agreements and obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as amended hereby are within the corporate authority of each such Borrower and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such Borrower.
     (d) Enforceability of Obligations . This Amendment and the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as amended hereby constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrowers enforceable against each of the Borrowers in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability is limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and except to the extent that availability of the remedy of specific performance or injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
     (e) No Default . Other than with respect to the Specified Defaults, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
      §6. No Other Amendments . Except as expressly provided in this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain in full force and effect. Nothing contained in this Amendment shall in any way prejudice, impair or effect any rights or remedies of the Bank or the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
      §7. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which together shall constitute one instrument.
      §8. Bank Expenses . Borrowers shall jointly and severally pay to Bank all Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), plus expenses, for documentation and negotiation of this Amendment.
      §9. Miscellaneous . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW). The captions in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof.
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. ]

- 3 -


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as a document under seal as of the date first above written.
             
      ULTRA CLEAN TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS AND SERVICE, INC.
      UCT SIEGER ENGINEERING LLC
    
              
 
           
     By:   /s/ Jack Sexton    
         
     Name:   Jack Sexton    
     Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
   
             
 
           
      SILICON VALLEY BANK
    
              
 
           
     By:   /s/ Jean Lee    
         
     Name:   Jean Lee    
     Title:   Relationship Manager    

 


 

RATIFICATION OF GUARANTY
     The undersigned Guarantor hereby acknowledges and consents to the foregoing Amendment as of October 15, 2008, and agrees that the Guaranty of such Guarantor in favor of the Bank and all other Loan Documents to which the Guarantor is a party remains in full force and effect, and the Guarantor confirms and ratifies all of its obligations thereunder.
             
      ULTRA CLEAN HOLDINGS, INC. ,
     a Delaware corporation
    
              
 
           
     By:   /s/ Jack Sexton    
         
     Name:   Jack Sexton    
     Title:   Chief Financial Officer    

 


 

FIFTH AMENDMENT AND WAIVER TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
     This FIFTH AMENDMENT AND WAIVER TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of December 30, 2008 (this “Amendment”), is by and among ULTRA CLEAN TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS AND SERVICE, INC., a California company (“Ultra Clean”) and UCT SIEGER ENGINEERING LLC (f/k/a Pete Acquisition LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (“Sieger” and Ultra Clean, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”) and SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (the “Bank”).
      WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the Bank are parties to a certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006 (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”);
      WHEREAS, the Borrowers have advised the Bank that they were not be able to comply with the covenant contained in Section 6.9(c) of the Loan Agreement for the month ending October 30, 2008 and acknowledge that such non-compliance shall constitute an Event of Default under Section 8 of the Loan Agreement (such anticipated Event of Default hereinafter referred to as the “Specified Default”);
      WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Bank waive the Specified Default and amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement and the Bank has agreed to waive such Specified Defaults and amend such provisions;
      NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements contained in the Loan Agreement and herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
      §1. Defined Terms . Terms not otherwise defined herein which are defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same respective meanings herein as therein.
      §2. Waiver of Specified Defaults . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions to effectiveness in Section 4 hereof, the Bank hereby waives the Specified Default. Nothing contained in this waiver shall be construed to imply a willingness on the part of the Bank to grant any similar or other future waivers of any of the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
      §3. Amendments to the Loan Agreement . The Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
      3.1 Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definition of “Borrowing Base” set forth Section 13.1 in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
“Borrowing Base” is 80% of Eligible Accounts plus Deposit Backed Accounts less Reserves as determined by Bank from Borrowers’ most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral.
      3.2 Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby further amended by adding the following new definition of “Deposit Backed Accounts” to such Section 13.1 in the appropriate alphabetical order:
“Deposit Backed Accounts” are up to $5,000,000 of ineligible Accounts (for purposes of the Borrowing Base), provided that at least an equal Dollar amount is deposited and maintained by


 

the Borrowers or an Affiliate of the Borrowers acceptable to the Bank in a restricted Deposit Account with the Bank. Any withdrawal from such restricted Deposit Account will automatically result in an equal Dollar reduction in Deposit Backed Accounts.
      §4. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed to be effective as of December 30, 2008, upon (i) receipt by the Bank of a counterpart signature page to this Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrowers and the Bank and (ii) the Borrowers or an Affiliate of the Borrowers acceptable to the Bank having established a restricted Deposit Account with the Bank.
      §5. Representations and Warranties . Each of the Borrowers hereby represents and warrants to the Bank as follows:
     (a) Representation and Warranties in the Loan Agreement . The representations and warranties of each of the Borrowers contained in the Loan Agreement were true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made and continue to be true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof, except to the extent of changes resulting from transactions or events contemplated or permitted by the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents and changes occurring in the ordinary course of business that singly or in the aggregate are not materially adverse to the Borrowers, or to the extent that such representations and warranties relate expressly to an earlier date.
     (b) Ratification, Etc. Except as expressly amended or waived hereby, the Loan Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all documents, instruments and agreements related thereto, are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. The Loan Agreement, together with this Amendment, shall be read and construed as a single agreement. All references in the Loan Documents to the Loan Agreement shall hereafter refer to the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document as amended hereby.
     (c) Authority, Etc. The execution and delivery by the Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by the Borrowers of all of their respective agreements and obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as amended hereby are within the corporate authority of each such Borrower and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such Borrower.
     (d) Enforceability of Obligations . This Amendment and the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as amended hereby constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrowers enforceable against each of the Borrowers in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability is limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and except to the extent that availability of the remedy of specific performance or injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
     (e) No Default . Other than with respect to the Specified Default, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
      §6. No Other Amendments . Except as expressly provided in this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain in full force and effect. Nothing contained in this Amendment shall in any way prejudice, impair or effect any rights or remedies of the Bank or the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

-2-


 

      §7. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which together shall constitute one instrument.
      §8. Bank Expenses . Borrowers shall jointly and severally pay to Bank all Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), plus expenses, for documentation and negotiation of this Amendment.
      §9. Miscellaneous . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW). The captions in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof.
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. ]

-3-


 

 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as a document under seal as of the date first above written.
             
      ULTRA CLEAN TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS AND SERVICE, INC.
      UCT SIEGER ENGINEERING LLC
 
           
     By:   /s/ Jack Sexton    
         
 
  Name:   Jack Sexton    
 
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
      SILICON VALLEY BANK
 
           
     By:   /s/ Jean Lee    
         
 
  Name:   Jean Lee    
 
  Title:   Relationship Manager    


 

 

RATIFICATION OF GUARANTY
     The undersigned Guarantor hereby acknowledges and consents to the foregoing Amendment as of December 30, 2008, and agrees that the Guaranty of such Guarantor in favor of the Bank and all other Loan Documents to which the Guarantor is a party remains in full force and effect, and the Guarantor confirms and ratifies all of its obligations thereunder.
             
      ULTRA CLEAN HOLDINGS, INC. ,
     a Delaware corporation
 
           
     By:   /s/ Jack Sexton    
         
 
  Name:   Jack Sexton    
 
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer    

 


 

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
AND AMENDMENT TO GUARANTY
     This SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of February 4, 2009 (this “Amendment”), is by and among ULTRA CLEAN TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS AND SERVICE, INC., a California company (“Ultra Clean”) and UCT SIEGER ENGINEERING LLC (f/k/a Pete Acquisition LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (“Sieger” and Ultra Clean, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”) and SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (the “Bank”).
      WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the Bank are parties to a certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006 (as amended by the First Amendment, dated as of July 1, 2006, the Second Amendment, dated as of May 11, 2007, the Third Amendment, dated as of July 28, 2008, the Fourth Amendment and Waiver, dated as of October 15, 2008, and the Fifth Amendment and Waiver, dated as of December 30, 2008, and as further amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, modified and otherwise in effect from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”);
      WHEREAS , pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement, ULTRA CLEAN HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), provided an unconditional guarantee of the Obligations under and as defined in that certain Unconditional Guaranty (“Guaranty”), dated as of June 29, 2006, by Holdings, in favor of the Bank;
      WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Bank amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement and the Bank has agreed to amend such provisions subject to the terms of this Amendment;
      NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements contained in the Loan Agreement and herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
      §1. Defined Terms . Terms not otherwise defined herein which are defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same respective meanings herein as therein.
      §2. Amendments to the Loan Agreement . The Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
      2.1 Section 2.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting Section 2.1.1(b) in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
     (b) Streamline Period . Borrowers may, at their option, elect not to have any Advances outstanding during specified periods of time (each, a “Streamline Period”). At least 5 days prior to requesting that a Streamline Period be put into effect, Borrowers shall give Bank written notice thereof, specifying the date the Streamline Period is to begin. On or prior to the Business Day immediately preceding the commencement of the Streamline Period, Borrowers will pay to Bank, by wire transfer, an amount sufficient to repay in full all outstanding Advances, all accrued interest thereon, and all other outstanding monetary Obligations then due hereunder. A Streamline Period may not be put into effect if there are outstanding Obligations in connection with Cash Management Services in excess of $500,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Streamline Period may be permitted to exist even if Advances are outstanding so long as the Borrowers maintain a Quick Ratio of at least 1.10:1.00 at all times during such period. During a Streamline Period, Borrowers will not be permitted to incur Obligations in connection with Cash Management Services in an amount more than $500,000 and no additional Letters of Credit will


 

be issued. During a Streamline Period, Borrowers may not request any Advances, and Bank shall have no obligation to make any Advances. To terminate a Streamline Period, Borrowers shall provide Bank at least 15 days prior written notice thereof together with such information relating to the Eligible Accounts, the Cash Management Services Sublimit and other Collateral as Bank may reasonably request.
      2.2 Section 2.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by adding the following new Section 2.1.6 immediately following Section 2.1.5:
      2.1.6. Term Loan B .
          (a)  Availability . Bank shall make one (1) term loan available to Borrowers in an amount up to the Term Loan B Amount on or within thirty (30) days from the Sixth Amendment Effective Date subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
          (b)  Repayment . Borrowers shall repay the Term Loan B in (i) thirty-six (36) equal installments of principal, plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest (the “Term Loan B Payment”). Beginning on the first day of the month following the month in which the Funding Date occurs, each Term Loan B Payment shall be payable on the last day of each month. Borrowers’ final Term Loan B Payment, due on the Term Loan B Maturity Date, shall include all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the Term Loan B. Borrowers shall have the right at any time to prepay the Term Loan B prior to the Term Loan B Maturity Date, as a whole or in part, without premium or penalty. Any such prepayment of principal shall include accrued and unpaid interest to the date of prepayment and shall be applied against the scheduled installments of principal in the inverse order of maturity. No amount repaid hereunder may be reborrowed.
      2.3 Section 2.2 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the reference to “Term Loan” and substituting “Term Loans” in lieu thereof.
      2.4 Section 2.3(a) of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting Section 2.3(a)(i), Section 2.3(a)(ii) and Section 2.3(a)(iii) in their entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
     (i) Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), Advances shall accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to 0.25 percentage points above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly.
     (ii) Term Loan . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan shall accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to 0.25 percentage points above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly.
     (iii) Term Loan B . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan B shall accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to 0.75 percentage points above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly.
      2.5 Section 2.4 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting Section 2.4(a) in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
     (a) Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of $80,000, on each of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date and the first and second anniversaries of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date.

- 2 -


 

      2.6 Section 2.4 of the Loan Agreement is further amended by (i) deleting the “and” at the end of Section 2.4(d) and (ii) adding the following new clause (f) and new clause (g) immediately following existing clause (e):
     (f) Unused Line Fee . An Unused Line Fee equal to 0.40 percentage points per annum, payable monthly in arrears, times the actual daily amount during such month by which the total Revolving Line exceeds the aggregate outstanding Advances; and
     (g) Term Loan B Fee . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.1.6(a), a fully earned, non-refundable fee of $15,000 with regard to the Term Loan B on the draw down date of such Term Loan B.
      2.7 Section 4.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the reference to “Term Loan” and substituting “Term Loans” in lieu thereof.
      2.8 Section 4.1 of the Loan Agreement is further amended by deleting the proviso in the third sentence of the second paragraph in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
     provided that no termination fee shall be charged if the credit facility hereunder is replaced with a new facility from another division of Silicon Valley Bank; provided further that, in addition to the payment of any other expenses and fees then owing under any Loan Document, Borrowers shall jointly and severally pay to Bank a termination fee in an amount equal to one-half percent (0.5%) of the Revolving Line plus the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans if the credit facility hereunder is replaced with a new facility after the Bank shall not have agreed to, in connection with the acquisition of certain assets of Celerity, Inc., (A) the Celerity Acquisition Amendments or (B) the Celerity Acquisition Financial Covenant Amendments, in the case of Clauses (A) and (B), so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
      2.9 Section 5.5 of the Loan Agreement is amended by (a) deleting each reference to “December 31, 2005” therein and substituting “December 31, 2008” in lieu thereof and (b) deleting the text “, the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2006”
      2.10 Section 6.2 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting Section 6.2(a)(i) in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
     (i) within fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, a Transaction Report so long as Borrowers maintain a Quick Ratio of at least 1.10:1.00; otherwise, weekly. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Borrowers are providing a monthly Transaction Report, but fail to maintain a Quick Ratio of at least 1.10:1.00, Borrowers will be required to deliver eight (8) consecutive weekly Transaction Reports before the monthly reporting option shall be available to Borrowers;
      2.11 Section 6.6 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting Section 6.6 in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
      6.6 Access to Collateral; Books and Records . At reasonable times, on three (3) Business Days’ notice not more than twice in any calendar year (provided, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (a) no notice shall be required and (b) the Bank may exercise its inspection rights herein as frequently as the Bank deems necessary or prudent), Bank, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral (including conducting Inventory appraisals in

- 3 -


 

respect of Eligible Finished Goods Inventory and Eligible Raw Materials) and the right to audit and copy each Borrower’s Books. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be $750 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent either (x) Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same or (y) the standard charges for such inspections or audits charged by an independent appraiser selected by the Bank, as applicable), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank, or any independent appraiser selected by Bank, as applicable. In the event Borrowers and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrowers cancel or seek to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies), Borrowers shall pay Bank a fee of $1,000 (or such higher amount as shall be necessary with regard to any independent appraiser selected by the Bank) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank, or any independent appraiser selected by Bank, to compensate Bank or such independent appraiser for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.
      2.12 Section 6.8 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting Section 6.8(b) in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
     (b) (i) Maintain its and its Subsidiaries’ depository and operating accounts and lock boxes with Bank, (ii) establish with Bank on or before May 31, 2009 and, thereafter, maintain any new domestic depository and operating accounts and lockboxes of the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries with Bank or (iii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and, until such time as all such primary deposit accounts and lock boxes are established and maintained with Bank, jointly and severally pay to Bank on the last day of each month a fee of $1,500.
      2.13 Section 6.9 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting Section 6.9(a) and Section 6.9(d) in their entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
     (a) Tangible Net Worth . A minimum Tangible Net Worth, calculated on a monthly basis, equal to or greater than the sum of, on a cumulative basis, (i) $60,000,000 plus (ii) an amount equal to 50% of the net cash proceeds of equity issuances received by Holdings in each fiscal quarter plus an amount equal to 50% of the net cash proceeds of Subordinated Debt issued by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in each fiscal quarter plus (iii) commencing with fiscal year 2010, an amount equal to 50% of the Net Income earned in each fiscal quarter (with no deduction for a net loss in any such fiscal quarter).
     (b) Liquidity Coverage . The ratio, calculated on a monthly basis, of (A) (i) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents plus (ii) the Committed Availability plus (iii) Investments in third-party Securities (as such term is defined in Article 8 of the Code) that are otherwise Permitted Investments to (B) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Advances plus the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan B of not less than 1.30 : 1.00.
      2.14 Section 7.1 is amended by deleting clause (f) in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
     (f) Transfers to another Borrower or their respective Subsidiaries, or to wholly-owned Foreign Subsidiaries of Holdings or to Foreign Subsidiaries all of the shares of capital stock of which are held directly or indirectly by Holdings except for a nominal number of             shares of capital stock required to be held by a director of such Foreign Subsidiary or by a national or citizen of the jurisdiction in which such Foreign Subsidiary is organized provided that any such Transfers to such Foreign Subsidiaries shall be upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to

- 4 -


 

Borrowers than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person and shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $5,000,000 (in cash plus Equipment) inclusive of the amount permitted under clause (f) of the definition of Permitted Investments during the period beginning on the Sixth Amendment Effective Date and ending on the Revolving Line Maturity Date;
      2.15 Section 7.7 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting Section 7.7 in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
      7.7 Investments; Distributions . (a) Directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; or (b) pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock (“Restricted Payments’), provided that (i) each Borrower or any Subsidiary may pay dividends solely in common stock; (ii) any Subsidiary of Borrowers may pay dividends to its direct parent, (iii) Sieger may make advances to each of its members (collectively, the “Member Advances”) in an amount sufficient to cover that member’s actual tax liability due and payable as a result of income of Sieger attributed to the member during any period that Sieger is eligible for taxation as a limited liability company under the Internal Revenue Code; provided, however, that no Member Advances may be made if, at the time thereof, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom; (iv) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, each Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to Holdings to permit Holdings to (A) purchase or redeem its stock in connection with and pursuant to the terms of employee benefit and stock option plans, in an amount not exceed, in the aggregate, $500,000 during the period beginning on the Sixth Amendment Effective Date and ending on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, or (B) pay income taxes, franchise fees and other fees required to maintain its existence and provide for other operating costs ; (vi) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, any Loan Party may make Restricted Payments that constitute fees permitted by Section 7.8 (or permit Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to pay fees permitted by Section 7.8(ii)) ; and (vii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, each Borrower or any Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to Holdings solely for the purpose of making Investments by Holdings in Foreign Subsidiaries as set forth in clause (f) of the definition of Permitted Investments.
      2.16 Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the definition of “Borrowing Base” set forth in Section 13.1 in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
“Borrowing Base” is the sum of (a) 80% of Eligible Accounts plus (b) Deposit Backed Accounts plus (c) 30% of Eligible Finished Goods Inventory (valued at the lower of cost or wholesale fair market value) plus (d) 15% of Eligible Raw Materials (valued at the lower of cost or wholesale fair market value) less (e) Reserves as determined by Bank from Borrowers’ most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral; provided , further , that in no event shall the Total Inventory exceed (i) $2,500,000 or (ii) 30% of Eligible Accounts, in each case, for any calculation of the Borrowing Base under this Agreement. Prior to any Advances with regard to Eligible Finished Goods Inventory and Eligible Raw Materials on or after the Sixth Amendment Effective Date, the Bank shall have received an Inventory appraisal in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank.
      2.17 Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by adding the clause “Term Loan B,” immediately after the clause “Term Loan,” in the definition of “Credit Extension”.

- 5 -


 

      2.18 Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting clause (i) of the definition of “Material Adverse Change” in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
     (i) the business, operations or condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and, specifically with respect to the financial condition and operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, other than any change reflected in the financial information, including projections, provided to Bank on or prior to the Sixth Amendment Effective Date, or
      2.19 Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting clause (e) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
     (e) Indebtedness in respect of the Equipment Financing, or, on or after the date the Equipment Financing is replaced in its entirety, equipment financing to be provided by Tetra Financial Group or its Affiliates not to exceed $7,500,000 in the aggregate;
      2.20 Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting clause (f) of the definition of “Permitted Investment” in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
     (f) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Domestic Subsidiaries or Borrowers and Investments by Borrowers in or to Domestic Subsidiaries and Investments in or to wholly-owned Foreign Subsidiaries or in or to Foreign Subsidiaries all of the shares of capital stock of which are held directly or indirectly by Holdings except for a nominal number of shares of capital stock required to be held by a director of such Foreign Subsidiary or by a national or citizen of the jurisdiction in which such Foreign Subsidiary is organized, provided that any such Investments in such Foreign Subsidiaries shall be upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrowers than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person and shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $5,000,000 in cash and Equipment during the period beginning on the Sixth Amendment Effective Date and ending on the Revolving Line Maturity Date.
      2.21 Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting clause (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
     (c) the Liens solely on the Equipment financed by the Equipment Financing, or, on or after the date the Equipment Financing is replaced in its entirety and such Liens in respect of the Equipment Financing are released, Liens in favor of Tetra Financial Group or its Affiliates for equipment financing not to exceed $7,500,000 in the aggregate;
      2.22 Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the definition of “Prime Rate” in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
     “Prime Rate” is the greater of (i) the Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate and (ii) four percent (4.00 %).
      2.23 Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the reference to “June 29, 2009” in the definition of “Revolving Line Maturity Date” and substituting “January 29, 2012” in lieu thereof.
      2.24 Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the reference to “$25,000,000” in the definition of “Revolving Line” and substituting “$20,000,000” in lieu thereof.

- 6 -


 

      2.25 Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by adding the clause “, the Term Loan B” immediately following the clause “Term Loan” in the definition of “Trigger Availability”.
      2.26 Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is further amended by adding the following new definitions to such Section 13.1 in the appropriate alphabetical order:
     “Celerity Acquisition Amendments” means (a) an amendment to the Loan Agreement permitting a Streamline Period so long as the Borrowers maintain a minimum Quick Ratio of 0.85:1.00 and (b) the receipt by Holdings and the simultaneous contribution to Ultra Clean of not less than $40,000,000 in cash upon the issuance of Series A preferred stock of Holdings to Francisco Partners II, L.P. and its Affiliates.
     “Celerity Acquisition Financial Covenant Amendments” means (a) amendments to the minimum Tangible Net Worth covenant to (i) increase the starting level to $65,000,000 and (ii) exclude the equity or subordinated debt issued to or contributed by Francisco Partners II, L.P. and its Affiliates from the calculation of net cash proceeds of equity issuances received by Holdings in each fiscal quarter and the calculation of net cash proceeds of Subordinated Debt issued by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in each fiscal quarter and (b) an amendment to reduce the minimum Liquidity Coverage ratio to 1.20:1.00.
     “Current Liabilities” means, as of any date and in accordance with GAAP, amounts that should be included on that date as current liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet.
     “Eligible Finished Goods Inventory” means, for any item of Inventory consisting of Eligible Finished Goods Inventory in any Transaction Report, such Inventory (i) consists of finished goods, in good, new, and salable condition, which is not perishable, returned, consigned, obsolete, not sellable, damaged, or defective, and is not comprised of demonstrative or custom inventory, works in progress, packaging or shipping materials, or supplies; (ii) meets all applicable governmental standards; (iii) has been manufactured in compliance with the Fair Labor Standards Act; (iv) is not subject to any Liens, except the first priority Liens granted or in favor of Bank under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and Permitted Liens under clauses (b), (e), (f) and (h) of the definition of Permitted Liens; (v) is located at the locations within the United States identified by the applicable Borrower in the Perfection Certificate where it maintains such Inventory (or any location permitted under Section 7.2) and (vi) is otherwise acceptable to Bank in all respects.
     “Eligible Raw Materials” means for any item of Inventory consisting of Eligible Raw Materials in any Transaction Report, such Inventory (i) consists of raw materials to be incorporated into or used in the manufacture of Eligible Finished Goods Inventory which is not perishable, consigned, obsolete, not sellable, damaged, or defective, and is not comprised of works in progress, packaging or shipping materials, or supplies; (ii) meets all applicable governmental standards; (iii) is not subject to any Liens, except the first priority Liens granted or in favor of Bank under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; (iv) is located at the locations within the United States identified by applicable Borrower in the Perfection Certificate where it maintains such Inventory (or any location permitted under Section 7.2) and (v) is otherwise acceptable to Bank in all respects. Raw materials immediately loses the status of Eligible Raw Materials if and when converted into Eligible Finished Goods Inventory, the applicable Borrower sells it, otherwise passes title thereto, consumes it, or materially changes it in the course of processing the same.

- 7 -


 

     “Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.
     “Sixth Amendment Effective Date” is February 4, 2009.
     “Quick Assets” is, on any date, Borrowers’ consolidated, unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents plus net billed accounts receivable .
     “Quick Ratio” is a ratio of Quick Assets to Current Liabilities.
     “Tangible Net Worth” is, on any date, the consolidated total assets of the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries minus (a) any amounts attributable to (i) goodwill, (ii) intangible items including unamortized debt discount and expense, patents, trade and service marks and names, copyrights and research and development expenses except prepaid expenses, (iii) notes, accounts receivable and other obligations owing to the Borrowers from its officers or other Affiliates, and (iv) reserves not already deducted from assets, minus (b) Total Liabilities, plus (c) Subordinated Debt .
     “Term Loan B” is a loan made by Bank pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1.6 hereof.
     “Term Loan B Amount” is an aggregate amount equal to $3,000,000 outstanding at any time.
     “Term Loan B Maturity Date” is February 4, 2012.
     “Term Loan B Payment” is defined in Section 2.1.6(b).
     “Term Loans” means the Term Loan and the Term Loan B.
     “Total Inventory” is the aggregate of 30% of Eligible Finished Goods Inventory (valued at the lower of cost or wholesale fair market value) plus 15% of Eligible Raw Materials (valued at the lower of cost or wholesale fair market value).
     “Total Liabilities” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on the Borrowers’ consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, and current portions of Subordinated Debt (other than interest) permitted by Bank to be paid by the Borrowers on or prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, but excluding all other Subordinated Debt.
      §3. Amendment to Guaranty . The Guaranty is hereby amended as follows:
      3.1 Section 3 of the Guaranty is amended by deleting clause (a) in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
     (a) Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness consisting of (i) its Guaranty of the Equipment Financing, or a Guaranty in connection with any replacement of the Equipment Financing and (ii) its Guaranty of International’s obligations under the line of credit provided by Bank of China.

- 8 -


 

      3.2 Section 3 of the Guaranty is further amended by adding the following new clause (e) immediately following existing clause (d):
     (e) Make any Restricted Payments other than Restricted Payments contemplated by Section 7.7(b)(iv) of the Loan Agreement.
      §4. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed to be effective as of February 4, 2009 (except with respect to Section 6.9 of the Loan Agreement (as amended by §2.13 of this Amendment), which shall be effective as the monthly reporting period ended December 31, 2008), upon receipt of the following, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including without limitation:
     (a) receipt by the Bank of a counterpart signature page to this Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrowers and the Bank;
     (b) receipt by the Bank of a signature page to this Amendment duly executed and delivered by Holdings with regard to its ratification of its Guaranty under the Loan Agreement;
     (c) Each Loan Party shall have delivered (x) its Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of such Loan Party certified (in original form) by the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation as of a date no earlier than fifteen (15) days prior to the Sixth Amendment Effective Date (or certification by an officer that there has been no change to the Operating Documents of such Loan Party since the Effective Date to the extent such Operating Documents were delivered to the Bank on the Effective Date); (y) copies of the Borrowing Resolutions for such Loan Party and (z) an original incumbency certificate giving the name and bearing a specimen signature of each individual who shall be authorized: (1) to sign, in the name and on behalf of such Person, this Amendment and (2) to give notices and to take other action on its behalf under this Amendment the Loan Documents, in each case, accompanied by duly executed original officer’s certificates certifying thereto;
     (d) Each Loan Party shall have delivered originals of the updated Perfection Certificate(s) executed by each Borrower and Guarantor;
     (e) Borrowers shall have paid the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 of the Loan Agreement and hereunder; and
     (f) Borrowers shall have delivered evidence of any necessary credit, government or regulatory approvals from any applicable Governmental Authority;
      §5. Representations and Warranties . Each of the Borrowers hereby represents and warrants to the Bank as follows:
     (a) Representation and Warranties in the Loan Agreement . The representations and warranties of each of the Borrowers contained in the Loan Agreement were true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made and continue to be true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof, except to the extent of changes resulting from transactions or events contemplated or permitted by the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents and changes occurring in the ordinary course of business that singly or in the aggregate are not materially adverse to the Borrowers, or to the extent that such representations and warranties relate expressly to an earlier date.

- 9 -


 

     (b) Ratification, Etc. Except as expressly amended or waived hereby, the Loan Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all documents, instruments and agreements related thereto, are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. The Loan Agreement, together with this Amendment, shall be read and construed as a single agreement. All references in the Loan Documents to the Loan Agreement shall hereafter refer to the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document as amended hereby.
     (c) Authority, Etc. The execution and delivery by the Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by the Borrowers of all of their respective agreements and obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as amended hereby are within the corporate authority of each such Borrower and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such Borrower.
     (d) Enforceability of Obligations . This Amendment and the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as amended hereby constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrowers enforceable against each of the Borrowers in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability is limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and except to the extent that availability of the remedy of specific performance or injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
     (e) No Default . No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
      §6. No Other Amendments . Except as expressly provided in this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain in full force and effect. Nothing contained in this Amendment shall in any way prejudice, impair or effect any rights or remedies of the Bank or the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
      §7. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which together shall constitute one instrument.
      §8. Bank Expenses . Borrowers shall jointly and severally pay to Bank all Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), plus expenses, for documentation and negotiation of this Amendment.
      §9. Miscellaneous . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW). The captions in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof.
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. ]

- 10 -


 

 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as a document under seal as of the date first above written.
         
  ULTRA CLEAN TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS AND SERVICE, INC.
UCT SIEGER ENGINEERING LLC

 
  By:   /s/ Jack Sexton    
    Name:   Jack Sexton   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
         
  SILICON VALLEY BANK
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jean Lee    
    Name:   Jean Lee   
    Title:   Relationship Manager   
 


 

 

RATIFICATION OF GUARANTY
     The undersigned Guarantor hereby acknowledges and consents to the foregoing Amendment as of February 4, 2009, and agrees that the Guaranty, as hereby amended, of such Guarantor in favor of the Bank and all other Loan Documents to which the Guarantor is a party remains in full force and effect, and the Guarantor confirms and ratifies all of its obligations thereunder.
         
  ULTRA CLEAN HOLDINGS, INC. ,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jack Sexton    
    Name:   Jack Sexton   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 

 

Exhibit 10.16
(ULTRA CLEAN TECHNOLOGY LOGO)
Severance Benefits for Executive Officers (as of July 24, 2008)
     Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. (together with its subsidiary Ultra Clean Technology Systems and Service, Inc., hereafter referred to as “Ultra Clean” or “the Company”) hereby offers the severance benefits set forth below to specified Company executives upon certain events of termination of their employment. This severance policy may be amended or terminated by the Company at any time, except that following a Change of Control (as defined in the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan), the policy may not be terminated or amended to adversely affect a participant for 12 months thereafter.
      Eligible Executives . Executives may be eligible to receive severance benefits if (a)(i) they are employed in the role of an “executive officer” (as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of the Company as determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee thereof from time to time (such positions currently consisting of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Senior Vice President of Engineering and Senior Vice President of Sales), or (ii) they are employed in such other key position determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee thereof from time to time as eligible to receive severance benefits pursuant to this policy, and (b) they are notified in writing by the Director of Human Resources that they are eligible to receive severance benefits pursuant to the terms and conditions of this policy.
      Involuntary Termination . An eligible executive qualifies for severance benefits pursuant to this policy if Ultra Clean terminates his or her employment without Cause (as defined below) and the executive signs and lets become effective a release of claims that he or she may hold against Ultra Clean, its affiliated entities and the directors, officers, employees, representatives and agents of Ultra Clean and its affiliated entities (collectively, “Ultra Clean and its Affiliates”), in a form acceptable to Ultra Clean, including a provision that the executive will not make any statement or take any action that would disparage or harm Ultra Clean and its Affiliates. Executives who might otherwise be eligible for severance benefits pursuant to this policy shall not qualify for benefits if they resign their employment or are discharged for cause. For the purpose of this policy, “Cause” shall exist if (a) the executive is convicted of, or pleads guilty or no contest to, a criminal offense; (b) the executive engages in any act of fraud or dishonesty; (c) the executive breaches any agreement with Ultra Clean; (d) the executive commits any material violation of Ultra Clean policy; or (e) executive fails, refuses or neglects to perform the services required of the executive in his position at the Company. Nothing in this policy changes the at-will nature of employment of each eligible executive.
      Severance Benefits . (a) An eligible executive in the position of Chief Executive Officer who qualifies for severance benefits pursuant to this policy shall receive the following severance benefits:

 


 

             
             
    Bonus and Incentive   Payment of    
Base Salary Multiple   Compensation Multiple   COBRA Costs   Equity Acceleration
150% of the executive’s then-current annual base salary
  150% of the executive’s average annual cash bonus and cash incentive compensation as determined by the Company over the prior three years ( i.e. [(Year 1 + Year 2 + Year 3) / 3] x 1.5)   18 months   Immediate vesting of unvested and outstanding Equity Awards that would vest within 18 months
     (b) An eligible executive in the position of Chief Financial Officer or Chief Operating Officer who qualifies for severance benefits pursuant to this policy shall receive the following severance benefits:
             
             
    Bonus and Incentive   Payment of    
Base Salary Multiple   Compensation Multiple   COBRA Costs   Equity Acceleration
100% of the executive’s then-current annual base salary
  100% of the executive’s average annual cash bonus and cash incentive compensation as determined by the Company over the prior three years ( i.e. [(Year 1 + Year 2 + Year 3) / 3])   12 months   Immediate vesting of unvested and outstanding Equity Awards that would vest within 12 months
For the purpose of clause (a) and (b) of this paragraph, “Equity Awards” means all options to purchase shares of Company common stock as well as any and all other stock-based awards granted to the executive, including but not limited to stock bonus awards, restricted stock, restricted stock units or stock appreciation rights, except for performance stock awards which remain subject to performance criteria as of the executive’s termination date.
     (c) An eligible executive in the position of Senior Vice President of Engineering, or Senior Vice President of Sales, any other eligible “executive officer” of the Company not eligible for benefits under paragraphs (a) and (b) above, or any other key employee determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee thereof as eligible to receive severance benefits pursuant to this policy, shall receive the following severance benefits:
         
    Bonus and Incentive    
Base Salary Multiple   Compensation Multiple   Payment of COBRA Costs
75% of the executive’s then-current annual base salary
  50% of the executive’s average annual cash bonus and cash incentive compensation as determined by the Company over the prior three years ( i.e. [(Year 1 + Year 2 + Year 3) / 3] x 0.5)   9 months

 


 

      Payment of Benefits . The foregoing severance payments (other than the COBRA costs) shall be paid in a lump sum to the executive in cash as soon as administratively practicable after the termination date, and, in any event, no later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the end of the taxable year of the executive in which the termination date occurs. The COBRA costs shall be paid as incurred (by subsidizing or reimbursing the premium payments) but shall end if, prior to the end of the period of time set forth above, the executive commences alternative employment and becomes eligible for group medical coverage.
      Section 409A . The payments and benefits under this policy are intended to qualify for the short-term deferral exception to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) to the maximum extent possible and, to the extent they do not so qualify, are intended to qualify for the involuntary separation pay plan exception to Section 409A described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) to the maximum extent possible. To the extent Section 409A is applicable to this policy, notwithstanding any other provision of this policy to the contrary, if an eligible executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A on the date of termination of employment, to the extent required in order to comply with Section 409A, amounts that would otherwise be payable under this policy during the six-month period immediately following the termination date shall instead be paid on the first business day after the date that is six months following the termination date.
      Miscellaneous . This policy shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of California, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. All amounts due hereunder shall be subject to applicable tax withholding. The severance benefits paid under this policy shall be in lieu of any severance benefits under any other Company plans, programs, policies, agreements or practices and shall be reduced by any severance or notice period required by any applicable federal, state or local law (including without limitation the WARN Act) in connection with any termination of an executive’s employment. To the extent required by law, the Company shall furnish to participants a summary plan description containing additional information. This policy shall be assumed by any successors or assigns of the Company.

 

Exhibit 10.19
CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
     CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”), dated as of July 28, 2008 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Clarence L. Granger (“ Employee ”).
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee are parties to that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2002, and Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2004 and Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2005 (collectively, the “ Employment Agreement ”) and wish to terminate the Employment Agreement and enter into this Agreement specifying the benefits the Employee will receive in certain circumstances relating to a Change in Control of the Company in order to induce Employee to remain in the employ of the Company in event of the possibility of a Change in Control;
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements of the parties set forth in this Agreement, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
Term And Nature Of Agreement; Termination of Employment Agreement
     Section 1.01 . Termination of Employment Agreement. The Employment Agreement is terminated, effective as of the Effective Date; provided , however , that nothing in this section shall affect the survival of Section (a)(iii) of Schedule I of the Employment Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions specified therein.
     Section 1.02 . Term. This Agreement shall be in force until the second anniversary of the Effective Date, and thereafter renew for automatic one year terms, unless the Company shall give the Employee written notice of termination at least 30 days before the expiration of the then current term provided that no Change in Control has occurred prior to such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall terminate (i) 12 months after a Change in Control (subject to satisfaction of any obligations hereunder as a result of a termination of employment prior to such expiration) and (ii) upon on any termination of employment prior to a Change in Control.
     Section 1.03. At-Will Employment . Nothing in this Agreement shall change the at-will nature of Employee’s employment with the Company.

 


 

ARTICLE 2
Change in Control Termination
     Section 2.01 . Severance Benefits.
     (a) If upon, or within 12 months following, a Change in Control, Employee is terminated by the Company without Cause or Employee resigns for Good Reason, Employee shall be entitled to the following (“ Change in Control Severance Benefits ”), provided that Employee executes and lets become effective a release of claims in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”) within 45 days following the termination of employment:
     (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to 200% of the sum of (x) Employee’s then-existing annual base salary and (y) the average annual cash bonus as determined by the Company over the prior three years, which shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable after the date on which the Release becomes effective, and, in any event, no later than two and one-half (2 1/2) months after the end of the taxable year of the Employee in which the termination of employment occurs;
     (ii) payment or reimbursement of health benefit continuation coverage under COBRA or otherwise from the termination date through the earlier of (A) 24 months following the termination date or (B) the date Employee becomes eligible for health benefits with another employer, which shall be paid no later than the month of such coverage, provided that if Employee is no longer eligible for COBRA continuation coverage, a lump sum payment calculated based on the monthly premiums immediately prior to the expiration of COBRA coverage; and
     (iii) 100% of all of the Employee’s unvested and outstanding Equity Awards shall become vested.
     (b) Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall have the following meanings:
     (i) “ Cause ” shall exist if: (A) Employee is convicted of, or pleads guilty or no contest to, a criminal offense; (B) Employee engages in any act of fraud or dishonesty; (C) Employee breaches any agreement with the Company; (D) Employee commits any material violation of Company policy; or (E) Employee fails, refuses or neglects to perform the services required of Employee in his position at the Company.
     (ii) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following:
     (A) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other entity (other than with any entity or group in which Executive has not less than a 5% beneficial interest) pursuant to which the holders of outstanding equity of the Company

2


 

immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold directly or indirectly 50% or less of the voting power of the equity securities of the surviving entity;
     (B) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (other than to any entity or group in which Executive has not less than a 5% beneficial interest); or
     (C) any acquisition by any person or persons (other than any entity or group in which Executive has not less than a 5% beneficial interest) of the beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the voting power of the Company’s equity securities in a single transaction or series of related transactions; provided , however , that an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities shall not be considered a Change in Control;
provided , however , that a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who directly or indirectly held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.
     (iii) “ Good Reason ” means:
     (A) a reduction of Employee’s then-existing annual base salary by more than 10% (other than in connection with an action affecting a majority of the executive officers of the Company);
     (B) relocation of the principal place of Employee’s employment to a location that is more than 50 miles from the principal place of Employee’s employment immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control; or
     (C) a material reduction in the Employee’s authority, duties or responsibilities after the Change in Control when compared to Employee’s authority, duties and responsibilities prior to the Change in Control;
provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee’s termination will not be for Good Reason unless the Employee (x) notifies the Company in writing of the existence of the condition which the Employee believes constitutes Good Reason within 60 days of the initial existence of such condition (which notice specifically identifies such condition), (y) gives the Company at least 10 days following the date on which the Company receives such notice (and prior to termination) in which to remedy the condition, and (z) if the Company does not remedy such condition within such period, actually terminates employment within 15 days after the expiration of such remedy period (and before the Company remedies such condition).

3


 

     (iv) “ Equity Awards ” means all options to purchase shares of Company common stock as well as any and all other stock-based awards granted to the Employee, including but not limited to stock bonus awards, restricted stock, restricted stock units or stock appreciation rights, except for performance stock awards which remain subject to performance criteria as of the Effective Date.
     Section 2.02. Resignation of Corporate Offices . In connection with any termination of employment following a Change in Control, Employee will resign Employee’s office, if any, as a director, officer or trustee of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates and of any other corporation or trust of which Employee serves as such at the request of the Company, effective as of the date of termination of employment.
     Section 2.03. Accrued Compensation and Benefits . In connection with any termination of employment upon or following a Change in Control (whether or not under Section 2.01 above), the Company shall pay Employee’s earned but unpaid base salary and other vested but unpaid cash entitlements for the period through and including the termination of employment, including unused earned vacation pay and unreimbursed documented business expenses incurred by Employee prior to the date of termination (collectively “ Accrued Compensation and Expenses ”), as required by law and the applicable Company plan or policy. In addition, Employee shall be entitled to any other vested benefits earned by Employee for the period through and including the termination date of Employee’s employment under any other employee benefit plans and arrangements maintained by the Company, in accordance with the terms of such plans and arrangements, except as modified herein (collectively “ Accrued Benefits ”). Any Accrued Compensation and Expenses to which the Employee is entitled shall be paid to the Employee in cash as soon as administratively practicable after the termination, and, in any event, no later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the end of the taxable year of the Employee in which the termination occurs. Any Accrued Benefits to which the Employee is entitled shall be paid to the Employee as provided in the relevant plans and arrangement.
     Section 2.04 . Continuing Obligations. Employee acknowledges his or her continuing obligations under the Confidential and Non-Disclosure Agreement with the Company, including but not limited to Employee’s obligations not to use or disclose, at any time, any trade secret, confidential or proprietary information of the Company.
     Section 2.05. Limitation on Payments .
     (a) If the Change in Control Severance Benefits together with any other payment or benefit Employee would receive pursuant to a Change in Control (collectively, “ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then such Payment shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “ Reduced Amount ” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into

4


 

account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Employee’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. lf a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order unless Employee elects in writing a different order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of acceleration of vesting; reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting is to be reduced, it shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Equity Awards unless Employee elects in writing a different order for cancellation.
     (b) The Company may engage the accounting firm engaged by the Company for general audit purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control or another firm to perform the foregoing calculations. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such firm required to be made hereunder.
     (c) The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to Employee and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which Employee’s right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by Employee or the Company) or such other time as requested by Employee or the Company.
ARTICLE 3
Miscellaneous
     Section 3.01 . Assignment; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Employee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees. If Employee should die or become subject to a permanent disability while any amount is owed but unpaid to Employee hereunder, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid to Employee’s devisee, legatee, legal guardian or other designee, or if there is no such designee, to Employee’s estate. Employee’s rights hereunder shall not otherwise be assignable. This Agreement shall be binding on the Company’s successors and assigns.
     Section 3.02 . Dispute Resolution . To ensure rapid and economical resolution of any and all disputes that might arise in connection with this Agreement, Employee and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, and causes of action, in law or equity, arising from or relating to this Agreement or its enforcement, performance, breach, or interpretation, will be resolved solely and exclusively by final, binding, and confidential arbitration, by a single arbitrator, in San Francisco, California, and conducted by Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) under its then-existing employment rules and procedures. Nothing in this section, however, is intended to prevent either party from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable

5


 

harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration. Each party to an arbitration or litigation hereunder shall be responsible for the payment of its own attorneys’ fees.
     Section 3.03. Unfunded Agreement . The obligations of the Company under this Agreement represent an unsecured, unfunded promise to pay benefits to Employee and/or Employee’s beneficiaries, and shall not entitle Employee or such beneficiaries to a preferential claim to any asset of the Company.
     Section 3.04. Non-Exclusivity of Benefits . Unless specifically provided herein, neither the provisions of this Agreement nor the benefits provided hereunder shall reduce any amounts otherwise payable, or in any way diminish Employee’s rights as an employee of the Company, whether existing now or hereafter, under any compensation and/or benefit plans (qualified or nonqualified), programs, policies, or practices provided by the Company, for which Employee may qualify; provided that the Change in Control Severance Benefits shall not be duplicative of any severance benefits under any such plans, programs, policies or practices. Vested benefits or other amounts which Employee is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice, or program of the Company ( i.e ., including, but not limited to, vested benefits under any qualified or nonqualified retirement plan), at or subsequent to the termination date shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice, or program except as expressly modified by this Agreement.
     Section 3.05. Mitigation . In no event shall Employee be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to Employee under any of the provisions of this Agreement nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit hereunder be reduced by any compensation earned by Employee as a result of employment by another employer.
     Section 3.06. Entire Agreement . This Agreement represents the entire agreement between Employee and the Company and its affiliates with respect to Employee’s severance rights in a Change in Control situation, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous discussions, negotiations, and agreements concerning such rights, provided , however, that any amounts payable to Employee hereunder shall be reduced by any amounts paid to Employee as required by any applicable federal, state or local law (including without limitation the WARN Act) in connection with any termination of Employee’s employment.
     Section 3.07. Tax Withholding . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, city, or other taxes as are legally required to be withheld.
     Section 3.08. Waiver of Rights . The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a continuing waiver or as a consent to or waiver of any subsequent breach hereof.
     Section 3.09. Severability . In the event any provision of the Agreement shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the

6


 

remaining parts of the Agreement, and the Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
     Section 3.10. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to principles of conflict of laws.
     Section 3.11. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were on the same instrument.
     Section 3.12. Code Section 409A . This Agreement and the payments and benefits hereunder are intended to qualify for the short-term deferral exception to Section 409A of the Code, and all regulations, rulings and other guidance issued thereunder, all as amended and in effect from time to time (“ Section 409A ”), described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) to the maximum extent possible, and to the extent they do not so qualify, they are intended to qualify for the involuntary separation pay plan exception to Section 409A described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) to the maximum extent possible. To the extent Section 409A is applicable to this Agreement, this Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if on the date of termination of employment Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A as determined in accordance with the Company’s procedures for making such determination, to the extent required in order to comply with Section 409A, amounts that would otherwise be payable under this Agreement during the six-month period immediately following the termination date shall instead be paid on the first business day after the date that is six months following the termination date. All references herein to “termination date” or “termination of employment” shall mean separation from service as an employee within the meaning of Section 409A.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this Agreement, to be effective as of the date and year first written above.
         
  ULTRA CLEAN HOLIDNGS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  EMPLOYEE:
 
 
     
     
     

7


 

         
Exhibit A — Form of Release
     Reference is made in this Release (the “ Release ”) to the terms set forth in the Change in Control Severance Agreement dated                            , 2008 (the “ Agreement ”) between Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Company ”) and the undersigned                                           (“ Employee ”).
     1.  Release . In consideration for the benefits outlined in the Agreement (the “ Severance Benefits ”), to which I am not otherwise entitled, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its affiliated entities (collectively “ Company Entities ”) and their directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct or omissions occurring prior to the time I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination or breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), or the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended). This Release does not apply to (x) claims which cannot be released as a matter of law, (y) any right I may have to enforce the Agreement or (z) my eligibility for indemnification in accordance with applicable laws, the charter and bylaws of the Company or any indemnification agreement I have with the company.
     2.  ADEA Waiver . I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights you have under the ADEA and that the consideration given for the waiver and release is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that:
     (a) my waiver and release specified in this paragraph do not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date I sign this Release;
     (b) I have the right to consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release;
     (c) I have 45 days to consider this Release (although I may choose voluntarily to sign this Release earlier);

A-1


 

     (d) I have seven (7) days after I sign this Release to revoke the Release; and
     (e) this Release will not be effective until the date on which the revocation period has expired, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release, assuming I have returned it to the Company by such date.
     3.  Waiver of Unknown Claims . In granting the general release herein, I acknowledge that I have read and understand California Civil Code section 1542, which states:
A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.
     I expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any jurisdiction of similar effect.
     This Release, together with the Agreement, constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered.
             
    EMPLOYEE:    
 
           
 
           
         
 
  [NAME]        
 
  Dated:        

A-2

Exhibit 10.20
CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
     CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”), dated as of July 28, 2008 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and David Savage (“ Employee ”).
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee are parties to that certain Offer Letter, dated as of December 7, 2007 (the “ Offer Letter ”) and wish to supersede and terminate the section entitled “Certain Termination Benefits” in the Offer Letter by entering into this Agreement specifying the benefits the Employee will receive in certain circumstances relating to a Change in Control of the Company in order to induce Employee to remain in the employ of the Company in event of the possibility of a Change in Control;
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements of the parties set forth in this Agreement, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
Term And Nature Of Agreement; Termination of Employment Agreement
     Section 1.01 . Termination of Existing Severance Arrangement. This Agreement supersedes and terminates the section entitled “Certain Termination Benefits” in the Offer Letter. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this section shall affect the survival of other sections of the Offer Letter.
     Section 1.02 . Term. This Agreement shall be in force until the second anniversary of the Effective Date, and thereafter renew for automatic one year terms, unless the Company shall give the Employee written notice of termination at least 30 days before the expiration of the then current term provided that no Change in Control has occurred prior to such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall terminate (i) 12 months after a Change in Control (subject to satisfaction of any obligations hereunder as a result of a termination of employment prior to such expiration) and (ii) upon on any termination of employment prior to a Change in Control.
     Section 1.03. At-Will Employment . Nothing in this Agreement shall change the at-will nature of Employee’s employment with the Company.

 


 

ARTICLE 2
Change in Control Termination
     Section 2.01 . Severance Benefits.
     (a) If upon, or within 12 months following, a Change in Control, Employee is terminated by the Company without Cause or Employee resigns for Good Reason, Employee shall be entitled to the following (“ Change in Control Severance Benefits ”), provided that Employee executes and lets become effective a release of claims in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”) within 45 days following the termination of employment:
     (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to 150% of the sum of (x) Employee’s then-existing annual base salary and (y) the average annual cash bonus as determined by the Company over the prior three years, which shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable after the date on which the Release becomes effective, and, in any event, no later than two and one-half (2 1/2) months after the end of the taxable year of the Employee in which the termination of employment occurs;
     (ii) payment or reimbursement of health benefit continuation coverage under COBRA or otherwise from the termination date through the earlier of (A) 18 months following the termination date or (B) the date Employee becomes eligible for health benefits with another employer, which shall be paid no later than the month of such coverage, provided that if Employee is no longer eligible for COBRA continuation coverage, a lump sum payment calculated based on the monthly premiums immediately prior to the expiration of COBRA coverage; and
     (iii) 100% of all of the Employee’s unvested and outstanding Equity Awards shall become vested.
     (b) Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall have the following meanings:
     (i) “ Cause ” shall exist if: (A) Employee is convicted of, or pleads guilty or no contest to, a criminal offense; (B) Employee engages in any act of fraud or dishonesty; (C) Employee breaches any agreement with the Company; (D) Employee commits any material violation of Company policy; or (E) Employee fails, refuses or neglects to perform the services required of Employee in his position at the Company.
     (ii) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following:
     (A) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other entity (other than with any entity or group in which Executive has not less than a 5% beneficial interest) pursuant to which the holders of outstanding equity of the Company

2


 

immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold directly or indirectly 50% or less of the voting power of the equity securities of the surviving entity;
     (B) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (other than to any entity or group in which Executive has not less than a 5% beneficial interest); or
     (C) any acquisition by any person or persons (other than any entity or group in which Executive has not less than a 5% beneficial interest) of the beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the voting power of the Company’s equity securities in a single transaction or series of related transactions; provided , however , that an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities shall not be considered a Change in Control;
provided , however , that a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who directly or indirectly held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.
     (iii) “ Good Reason ” means:
     (A) a reduction of Employee’s then-existing annual base salary by more than 10% (other than in connection with an action affecting a majority of the executive officers of the Company);
     (B) relocation of the principal place of Employee’s employment to a location that is more than 50 miles from the principal place of Employee’s employment immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control; or
     (C) a material reduction in the Employee’s authority, duties or responsibilities after the Change in Control when compared to Employee’s authority, duties and responsibilities prior to the Change in Control;
provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee’s termination will not be for Good Reason unless the Employee (x) notifies the Company in writing of the existence of the condition which the Employee believes constitutes Good Reason within 60 days of the initial existence of such condition (which notice specifically identifies such condition), (y) gives the Company at least 10 days following the date on which the Company receives such notice (and prior to termination) in which to remedy the condition, and (z) if the Company does not remedy such condition within such period, actually terminates employment within 15 days after the expiration of such remedy period (and before the Company remedies such condition).

3


 

     (iv) “ Equity Awards ” means all options to purchase shares of Company common stock as well as any and all other stock-based awards granted to the Employee, including but not limited to stock bonus awards, restricted stock, restricted stock units or stock appreciation rights, except for performance stock awards which remain subject to performance criteria as of the Effective Date.
     Section 2.02. Resignation of Corporate Offices . In connection with any termination of employment following a Change in Control, Employee will resign Employee’s office, if any, as a director, officer or trustee of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates and of any other corporation or trust of which Employee serves as such at the request of the Company, effective as of the date of termination of employment.
     Section 2.03. Accrued Compensation and Benefits . In connection with any termination of employment upon or following a Change in Control (whether or not under Section 2.01 above), the Company shall pay Employee’s earned but unpaid base salary and other vested but unpaid cash entitlements for the period through and including the termination of employment, including unused earned vacation pay and unreimbursed documented business expenses incurred by Employee prior to the date of termination (collectively “ Accrued Compensation and Expenses ”), as required by law and the applicable Company plan or policy. In addition, Employee shall be entitled to any other vested benefits earned by Employee for the period through and including the termination date of Employee’s employment under any other employee benefit plans and arrangements maintained by the Company, in accordance with the terms of such plans and arrangements, except as modified herein (collectively “ Accrued Benefits ”). Any Accrued Compensation and Expenses to which the Employee is entitled shall be paid to the Employee in cash as soon as administratively practicable after the termination, and, in any event, no later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the end of the taxable year of the Employee in which the termination occurs. Any Accrued Benefits to which the Employee is entitled shall be paid to the Employee as provided in the relevant plans and arrangement.
     Section 2.04 . Continuing Obligations. Employee acknowledges his or her continuing obligations under the Confidential and Non-Disclosure Agreement with the Company, including but not limited to Employee’s obligations not to use or disclose, at any time, any trade secret, confidential or proprietary information of the Company.
     Section 2.05. Limitation on Payments .
     (a) If the Change in Control Severance Benefits together with any other payment or benefit Employee would receive pursuant to a Change in Control (collectively, “ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then such Payment shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “ Reduced Amount ” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into

4


 

account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Employee’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. lf a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order unless Employee elects in writing a different order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of acceleration of vesting; reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting is to be reduced, it shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Equity Awards unless Employee elects in writing a different order for cancellation.
     (b) The Company may engage the accounting firm engaged by the Company for general audit purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control or another firm to perform the foregoing calculations. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such firm required to be made hereunder.
     (c) The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to Employee and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which Employee’s right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by Employee or the Company) or such other time as requested by Employee or the Company.
ARTICLE 3
Miscellaneous
     Section 3.01 . Assignment; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Employee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees. If Employee should die or become subject to a permanent disability while any amount is owed but unpaid to Employee hereunder, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid to Employee’s devisee, legatee, legal guardian or other designee, or if there is no such designee, to Employee’s estate. Employee’s rights hereunder shall not otherwise be assignable. This Agreement shall be binding on the Company’s successors and assigns.
     Section 3.02 . Dispute Resolution . To ensure rapid and economical resolution of any and all disputes that might arise in connection with this Agreement, Employee and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, and causes of action, in law or equity, arising from or relating to this Agreement or its enforcement, performance, breach, or interpretation, will be resolved solely and exclusively by final, binding, and confidential arbitration, by a single arbitrator, in San Francisco, California, and conducted by Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) under its then-existing employment rules and procedures. Nothing in this section, however, is intended to prevent either party from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable

5


 

harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration. Each party to an arbitration or litigation hereunder shall be responsible for the payment of its own attorneys’ fees.
     Section 3.03. Unfunded Agreement . The obligations of the Company under this Agreement represent an unsecured, unfunded promise to pay benefits to Employee and/or Employee’s beneficiaries, and shall not entitle Employee or such beneficiaries to a preferential claim to any asset of the Company.
     Section 3.04. Non-Exclusivity of Benefits . Unless specifically provided herein, neither the provisions of this Agreement nor the benefits provided hereunder shall reduce any amounts otherwise payable, or in any way diminish Employee’s rights as an employee of the Company, whether existing now or hereafter, under any compensation and/or benefit plans (qualified or nonqualified), programs, policies, or practices provided by the Company, for which Employee may qualify; provided that the Change in Control Severance Benefits shall not be duplicative of any severance benefits under any such plans, programs, policies or practices. Vested benefits or other amounts which Employee is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice, or program of the Company ( i.e ., including, but not limited to, vested benefits under any qualified or nonqualified retirement plan), at or subsequent to the termination date shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice, or program except as expressly modified by this Agreement.
     Section 3.05. Mitigation . In no event shall Employee be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to Employee under any of the provisions of this Agreement nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit hereunder be reduced by any compensation earned by Employee as a result of employment by another employer.
     Section 3.06. Entire Agreement . This Agreement represents the entire agreement between Employee and the Company and its affiliates with respect to Employee’s severance rights in a Change in Control situation, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous discussions, negotiations, and agreements concerning such rights, provided , however, that any amounts payable to Employee hereunder shall be reduced by any amounts paid to Employee as required by any applicable federal, state or local law (including without limitation the WARN Act) in connection with any termination of Employee’s employment.
     Section 3.07. Tax Withholding . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, city, or other taxes as are legally required to be withheld.
     Section 3.08. Waiver of Rights . The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a continuing waiver or as a consent to or waiver of any subsequent breach hereof.
     Section 3.09. Severability . In the event any provision of the Agreement shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the

6


 

remaining parts of the Agreement, and the Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
     Section 3.10. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to principles of conflict of laws.
     Section 3.11. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were on the same instrument.
     Section 3.12. Code Section 409A . This Agreement and the payments and benefits hereunder are intended to qualify for the short-term deferral exception to Section 409A of the Code, and all regulations, rulings and other guidance issued thereunder, all as amended and in effect from time to time (“ Section 409A ”), described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) to the maximum extent possible, and to the extent they do not so qualify, they are intended to qualify for the involuntary separation pay plan exception to Section 409A described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) to the maximum extent possible. To the extent Section 409A is applicable to this Agreement, this Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if on the date of termination of employment Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A as determined in accordance with the Company’s procedures for making such determination, to the extent required in order to comply with Section 409A, amounts that would otherwise be payable under this Agreement during the six-month period immediately following the termination date shall instead be paid on the first business day after the date that is six months following the termination date. All references herein to “termination date” or “termination of employment” shall mean separation from service as an employee within the meaning of Section 409A.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this Agreement, to be effective as of the date and year first written above.
         
  ULTRA CLEAN HOLIDNGS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  EMPLOYEE:


 

 
 

7


 

         
Exhibit A — Form of Release
     Reference is made in this Release (the “ Release ”) to the terms set forth in the Change in Control Severance Agreement dated                            , 2008 (the “ Agreement ”) between Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Company ”) and the undersigned                      (“ Employee ”).
     1.  Release . In consideration for the benefits outlined in the Agreement (the “ Severance Benefits ”), to which I am not otherwise entitled, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its affiliated entities (collectively “ Company Entities ”) and their directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct or omissions occurring prior to the time I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination or breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), or the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended). This Release does not apply to (x) claims which cannot be released as a matter of law, (y) any right I may have to enforce the Agreement or (z) my eligibility for indemnification in accordance with applicable laws, the charter and bylaws of the Company or any indemnification agreement I have with the company.
     2.  ADEA Waiver . I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights you have under the ADEA and that the consideration given for the waiver and release is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that:
     (a) my waiver and release specified in this paragraph do not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date I sign this Release;
     (b) I have the right to consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release;
     (c) I have 45 days to consider this Release (although I may choose voluntarily to sign this Release earlier);

A-1


 

     (d) I have seven (7) days after I sign this Release to revoke the Release; and
     (e) this Release will not be effective until the date on which the revocation period has expired, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release, assuming I have returned it to the Company by such date.
     3.  Waiver of Unknown Claims . In granting the general release herein, I acknowledge that I have read and understand California Civil Code section 1542, which states:
A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.
     I expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any jurisdiction of similar effect.
     This Release, together with the Agreement, constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered.
         
  EMPLOYEE:
 
 
     
  [NAME]   
  Dated:                                                                                                            
 

A-2

Exhibit 10.21
CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
     CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”), dated as of July 28, 2008 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Jack Sexton (“ Employee ”).
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee wish to enter into an agreement specifying the benefits the Employee will receive in certain circumstances relating to a Change in Control of the Company in order to induce Employee to remain in the employ of the Company in event of the possibility of a Change in Control;
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements of the parties set forth in this Agreement, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
Term And Nature Of Agreement; Termination of Employment Agreement
     Section 1.01 . . Term. This Agreement shall be in force until the second anniversary of the Effective Date, and thereafter renew for automatic one year terms, unless the Company shall give the Employee written notice of termination at least 30 days before the expiration of the then current term provided that no Change in Control has occurred prior to such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall terminate (i) 12 months after a Change in Control (subject to satisfaction of any obligations hereunder as a result of a termination of employment prior to such expiration) and (ii) upon on any termination of employment prior to a Change in Control.
     Section 1.02. At-Will Employment . Nothing in this Agreement shall change the at-will nature of Employee’s employment with the Company.
ARTICLE 2
Change in Control Termination
     Section 2.01 . Severance Benefits.
     (a) If upon, or within 12 months following, a Change in Control, Employee is terminated by the Company without Cause or Employee resigns for Good Reason, Employee shall be entitled to the following (“ Change in Control Severance Benefits ”), provided that Employee executes and lets become effective a release of claims in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”) within 45 days following the termination of employment:

 


 

     (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to 150% of the sum of (x) Employee’s then-existing annual base salary and (y) the average annual cash bonus as determined by the Company over the prior three years, which shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable after the date on which the Release becomes effective, and, in any event, no later than two and one-half (2 1/2) months after the end of the taxable year of the Employee in which the termination of employment occurs;
     (ii) payment or reimbursement of health benefit continuation coverage under COBRA or otherwise from the termination date through the earlier of (A) 18 months following the termination date or (B) the date Employee becomes eligible for health benefits with another employer, which shall be paid no later than the month of such coverage, provided that if Employee is no longer eligible for COBRA continuation coverage, a lump sum payment calculated based on the monthly premiums immediately prior to the expiration of COBRA coverage; and
     (iii) 100% of all of the Employee’s unvested and outstanding Equity Awards shall become vested.
     (b) Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall have the following meanings:
     (i) “ Cause ” shall exist if: (A) Employee is convicted of, or pleads guilty or no contest to, a criminal offense; (B) Employee engages in any act of fraud or dishonesty; (C) Employee breaches any agreement with the Company; (D) Employee commits any material violation of Company policy; or (E) Employee fails, refuses or neglects to perform the services required of Employee in his position at the Company.
     (ii) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following:
     (A) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other entity (other than with any entity or group in which Executive has not less than a 5% beneficial interest) pursuant to which the holders of outstanding equity of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold directly or indirectly 50% or less of the voting power of the equity securities of the surviving entity;
     (B) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (other than to any entity or group in which Executive has not less than a 5% beneficial interest); or
     (C) any acquisition by any person or persons (other than any entity or group in which Executive has not less than a 5% beneficial interest) of the beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the voting power of the Company’s equity securities in a single transaction or series

2


 

of related transactions; provided , however , that an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities shall not be considered a Change in Control;
provided , however , that a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who directly or indirectly held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.
     (iii) “ Good Reason ” means:
     (A) a reduction of Employee’s then-existing annual base salary by more than 10% (other than in connection with an action affecting a majority of the executive officers of the Company);
     (B) relocation of the principal place of Employee’s employment to a location that is more than 50 miles from the principal place of Employee’s employment immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control; or
     (C) a material reduction in the Employee’s authority, duties or responsibilities after the Change in Control when compared to Employee’s authority, duties and responsibilities prior to the Change in Control;
provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee’s termination will not be for Good Reason unless the Employee (x) notifies the Company in writing of the existence of the condition which the Employee believes constitutes Good Reason within 60 days of the initial existence of such condition (which notice specifically identifies such condition), (y) gives the Company at least 10 days following the date on which the Company receives such notice (and prior to termination) in which to remedy the condition, and (z) if the Company does not remedy such condition within such period, actually terminates employment within 15 days after the expiration of such remedy period (and before the Company remedies such condition).
     (iv) “ Equity Awards ” means all options to purchase shares of Company common stock as well as any and all other stock-based awards granted to the Employee, including but not limited to stock bonus awards, restricted stock, restricted stock units or stock appreciation rights, except for performance stock awards which remain subject to performance criteria as of the Effective Date.
     Section 2.02. Resignation of Corporate Offices . In connection with any termination of employment following a Change in Control, Employee will resign Employee’s office, if any, as a director, officer or trustee of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates and of any other corporation or trust of which Employee serves as such at the request of the Company, effective as of the date of termination of employment.

3


 

     Section 2.03. Accrued Compensation and Benefits . In connection with any termination of employment upon or following a Change in Control (whether or not under Section 2.01 above), the Company shall pay Employee’s earned but unpaid base salary and other vested but unpaid cash entitlements for the period through and including the termination of employment, including unused earned vacation pay and unreimbursed documented business expenses incurred by Employee prior to the date of termination (collectively “ Accrued Compensation and Expenses ”), as required by law and the applicable Company plan or policy. In addition, Employee shall be entitled to any other vested benefits earned by Employee for the period through and including the termination date of Employee’s employment under any other employee benefit plans and arrangements maintained by the Company, in accordance with the terms of such plans and arrangements, except as modified herein (collectively “ Accrued Benefits ”). Any Accrued Compensation and Expenses to which the Employee is entitled shall be paid to the Employee in cash as soon as administratively practicable after the termination, and, in any event, no later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the end of the taxable year of the Employee in which the termination occurs. Any Accrued Benefits to which the Employee is entitled shall be paid to the Employee as provided in the relevant plans and arrangement.
     Section 2.04 . Continuing Obligations. Employee acknowledges his or her continuing obligations under the Confidential and Non-Disclosure Agreement with the Company, including but not limited to Employee’s obligations not to use or disclose, at any time, any trade secret, confidential or proprietary information of the Company.
     Section 2.05. Limitation on Payments .
     (a) If the Change in Control Severance Benefits together with any other payment or benefit Employee would receive pursuant to a Change in Control (collectively, “ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then such Payment shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “ Reduced Amount ” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Employee’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. lf a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order unless Employee elects in writing a different order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of acceleration of vesting; reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting is to be reduced, it shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Equity Awards unless Employee elects in writing a different order for cancellation.

4


 

     (b) The Company may engage the accounting firm engaged by the Company for general audit purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control or another firm to perform the foregoing calculations. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such firm required to be made hereunder.
     (c) The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to Employee and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which Employee’s right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by Employee or the Company) or such other time as requested by Employee or the Company.
ARTICLE 3
Miscellaneous
     Section 3.01 . Assignment; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Employee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees. If Employee should die or become subject to a permanent disability while any amount is owed but unpaid to Employee hereunder, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid to Employee’s devisee, legatee, legal guardian or other designee, or if there is no such designee, to Employee’s estate. Employee’s rights hereunder shall not otherwise be assignable. This Agreement shall be binding on the Company’s successors and assigns.
     Section 3.02 . Dispute Resolution . To ensure rapid and economical resolution of any and all disputes that might arise in connection with this Agreement, Employee and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, and causes of action, in law or equity, arising from or relating to this Agreement or its enforcement, performance, breach, or interpretation, will be resolved solely and exclusively by final, binding, and confidential arbitration, by a single arbitrator, in San Francisco, California, and conducted by Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) under its then-existing employment rules and procedures. Nothing in this section, however, is intended to prevent either party from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration. Each party to an arbitration or litigation hereunder shall be responsible for the payment of its own attorneys’ fees.
     Section 3.03. Unfunded Agreement . The obligations of the Company under this Agreement represent an unsecured, unfunded promise to pay benefits to Employee and/or Employee’s beneficiaries, and shall not entitle Employee or such beneficiaries to a preferential claim to any asset of the Company.
     Section 3.04. Non-Exclusivity of Benefits . Unless specifically provided herein, neither the provisions of this Agreement nor the benefits provided hereunder shall reduce any amounts otherwise payable, or in any way diminish Employee’s rights as an employee of the Company, whether existing now or hereafter, under any compensation

5


 

and/or benefit plans (qualified or nonqualified), programs, policies, or practices provided by the Company, for which Employee may qualify; provided that the Change in Control Severance Benefits shall not be duplicative of any severance benefits under any such plans, programs, policies or practices. Vested benefits or other amounts which Employee is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice, or program of the Company ( i.e ., including, but not limited to, vested benefits under any qualified or nonqualified retirement plan), at or subsequent to the termination date shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice, or program except as expressly modified by this Agreement.
     Section 3.05. Mitigation . In no event shall Employee be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to Employee under any of the provisions of this Agreement nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit hereunder be reduced by any compensation earned by Employee as a result of employment by another employer.
     Section 3.06. Entire Agreement . This Agreement represents the entire agreement between Employee and the Company and its affiliates with respect to Employee’s severance rights in a Change in Control situation, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous discussions, negotiations, and agreements concerning such rights, provided , however, that any amounts payable to Employee hereunder shall be reduced by any amounts paid to Employee as required by any applicable federal, state or local law (including without limitation the WARN Act) in connection with any termination of Employee’s employment.
     Section 3.07. Tax Withholding . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, city, or other taxes as are legally required to be withheld.
     Section 3.08. Waiver of Rights . The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a continuing waiver or as a consent to or waiver of any subsequent breach hereof.
     Section 3.09. Severability . In the event any provision of the Agreement shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Agreement, and the Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
     Section 3.10. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to principles of conflict of laws.
     Section 3.11. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were on the same instrument.
     Section 3.12. Code Section 409A . This Agreement and the payments and benefits hereunder are intended to qualify for the short-term deferral exception to Section 409A of

6


 

the Code, and all regulations, rulings and other guidance issued thereunder, all as amended and in effect from time to time (“ Section 409A ”), described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) to the maximum extent possible, and to the extent they do not so qualify, they are intended to qualify for the involuntary separation pay plan exception to Section 409A described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) to the maximum extent possible. To the extent Section 409A is applicable to this Agreement, this Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if on the date of termination of employment Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A as determined in accordance with the Company’s procedures for making such determination, to the extent required in order to comply with Section 409A, amounts that would otherwise be payable under this Agreement during the six-month period immediately following the termination date shall instead be paid on the first business day after the date that is six months following the termination date. All references herein to “termination date” or “termination of employment” shall mean separation from service as an employee within the meaning of Section 409A.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this Agreement, to be effective as of the date and year first written above.
         
  ULTRA CLEAN HOLIDNGS, INC.

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  EMPLOYEE:

 
 
     
     
     

7


 

         
Exhibit A — Form of Release
     Reference is made in this Release (the “ Release ”) to the terms set forth in the Change in Control Severance Agreement dated ___________, 2008 (the “ Agreement ”) between Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Company ”) and the undersigned                      (“ Employee ”).
     1.  Release . In consideration for the benefits outlined in the Agreement (the “ Severance Benefits ”), to which I am not otherwise entitled, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its affiliated entities (collectively “ Company Entities ”) and their directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct or omissions occurring prior to the time I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination or breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), or the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended). This Release does not apply to (x) claims which cannot be released as a matter of law, (y) any right I may have to enforce the Agreement or (z) my eligibility for indemnification in accordance with applicable laws, the charter and bylaws of the Company or any indemnification agreement I have with the company.
     2.  ADEA Waiver . I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights you have under the ADEA and that the consideration given for the waiver and release is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that:
     (a) my waiver and release specified in this paragraph do not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date I sign this Release;
     (b) I have the right to consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release;
     (c) I have 45 days to consider this Release (although I may choose voluntarily to sign this Release earlier);

A-1


 

     (d) I have seven (7) days after I sign this Release to revoke the Release; and
     (e) this Release will not be effective until the date on which the revocation period has expired, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release, assuming I have returned it to the Company by such date.
     3.  Waiver of Unknown Claims . In granting the general release herein, I acknowledge that I have read and understand California Civil Code section 1542, which states:
A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.
     I expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any jurisdiction of similar effect.
     This Release, together with the Agreement, constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered.
         
  EMPLOYEE:

 
 
     
  [NAME]   
  Dated: _____________________________________________   
 

A-2

Exhibit 21.1
Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
List of Subsidiaries
  1.   Ultra Clean Technology Systems and Service, Inc. (a California corporation)
 
  2.   Ultra Clean International Holding Company (a Cayman Islands corporation)
 
  3.   Ultra Clean Technology (Shanghai) Co., LTD (a Chinese corporation)
 
  4.   Ultra Clean Micro-Electronics Equipment (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (a Chinese corporation)
 
  5.   UCT Sieger Engineering LLC (a Delaware corporation)
 
  6.   Far East International Holding Ltd (a Hong Kong corporation)
 
  7.   Ultra Clean Asia Pacific, Pte Ltd (a Singapore corporation)

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-141989, 333-135147, 333-123820, 333-114051 and 333-151335 on Form S-8 of our reports dated March 18, 2009, relating to (1) the consolidated financial statements of Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of FASB No. 109 ), and (2) the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (which report expresses an adverse opinion because of a material weakness), appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended January 2, 2009.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
San Jose, California
March 18, 2009

EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Clarence L. Granger, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 18, 2009
         
     
  /s/ Clarence L. Granger    
  Clarence L. Granger   
  Chairman & Chief Executive Officer   

 

         
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Jack Sexton, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 18, 2009
         
     
  /s/ Jack Sexton    
  Jack Sexton   
  Chief Financial Officer   

 

         
EXHIBIT 32.1
ULTRA CLEAN HOLDINGS, INC.
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION
     The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the annual report on Form 10-K of Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. for the year ended January 2, 2009 (the “Report”) for the purpose of complying with Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.
1.   the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and
2.   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
Date: March 18, 2009
         
     
  /s/ Clarence L. Granger    
  Clarence L. Granger   
  Chairman & Chief Executive Officer   

 

         
EXHIBIT 32.2
ULTRA CLEAN HOLDINGS, INC.
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION
     The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the annual report on Form 10-K of Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc. for the year ended January 2, 2009 (the “Report”) for the purpose of complying with Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.
1.   the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and
2.   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc.
Date: March 18, 2009
         
     
  /s/ Jack Sexton    
  Jack Sexton   
  Chief Financial Officer